Difference between revisions of "User:Eugenek/sandbox"
(→project page) |
|||
| (29 intermediate revisions by one other user not shown) | |||
| Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
| − | + | L Ron Hubbard's Dianetics and Scientology books have been altered from his original writings and publications, and not for the better - the proof is in this and related articles attached. | |
| − | + | {| align="right" | |
| + | | width 100px | __TOC__ | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | __TOC__ | ||
| + | <center> | ||
| + | {| class="wikitable" border="1" | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | |<!--column1-->[[File:SOS thumb.jpg|150px]] | ||
| + | |<!--column2-->[[File:SOS 2007 cover.jpg|235px]] | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | |<!--column1-->1970's Publication | ||
| + | |<!--column2-->2007 Publication | ||
| + | |}<!--end wikitable--> | ||
| + | </center> | ||
| − | + | Comparing 15th printing (1975) of the original 1951 edition copyrighted under L. Ron Hubbard [ISBN 0-88404-001-1] to 2007 altered edition copyrighted under “L. Ron Hubbard Library” [ISBN 978-1-4031-4485-0] | |
| − | + | ||
| − | + | ||
<br><br><i>Please, keep in mind the statements made by David Miscavige with respect to “correcting” the original text when he released his 2007 version of Science of Survival at the Basics release event in 2007:</i> | <br><br><i>Please, keep in mind the statements made by David Miscavige with respect to “correcting” the original text when he released his 2007 version of Science of Survival at the Basics release event in 2007:</i> | ||
| − | + | {| class="wikitable" align="right" | |
| − | <br><br> | + | |- |
| + | | {{#widget:YouTube|id=NpOZAuwRp8o|width=400|height=300}} | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | <br><br> “The chart of human evaluation is not only the primary tool of a case supervisor, but the theta-MEST theory and the tone scale is the basis of our entire Grade Chart! In other words, to say the book is important would be a gross understatement.” <br> | ||
... <br> | ... <br> | ||
“When Science of Survival was published it was presented with a subtitle of 'Simpler and Faster Techniques.' If that's the case, then <b>h</b><b>ow come so many find it so complex?</b>” <br> | “When Science of Survival was published it was presented with a subtitle of 'Simpler and Faster Techniques.' If that's the case, then <b>h</b><b>ow come so many find it so complex?</b>” <br> | ||
| Line 16: | Line 30: | ||
Not that I want to overstate the matter or bad mouth somebody who was trying, but when you consider that even when they didn't use their multitudes of semicolons, <b>they still started sentence in the wrong place</b>, and when you further consider that when the book was returned to its original and intended form, it reads with a simplicity of a Self-Analysis – it really does bare comment. So let me put it this way: yes, this book too is now perfect; and <b>the number of incorrect instances of punctuations that had to be corrected – hang on to your seat – three thousand eight hundred and twenty five (3825)</b>. So yes, you were right, something just didn't make sense.<br> | Not that I want to overstate the matter or bad mouth somebody who was trying, but when you consider that even when they didn't use their multitudes of semicolons, <b>they still started sentence in the wrong place</b>, and when you further consider that when the book was returned to its original and intended form, it reads with a simplicity of a Self-Analysis – it really does bare comment. So let me put it this way: yes, this book too is now perfect; and <b>the number of incorrect instances of punctuations that had to be corrected – hang on to your seat – three thousand eight hundred and twenty five (3825)</b>. So yes, you were right, something just didn't make sense.<br> | ||
[<i>audience standing up and clapping</i>] <br><br> | [<i>audience standing up and clapping</i>] <br><br> | ||
| − | Whereupon what more is there to say? Students were previously spending weeks upon weeks digging their way through this book, perhaps “suffering” is a better word; and yet many students currently on a pilot program are completing this 550 page book in as little as 22 hours. Even if you double or triple that time you are still looking at <b>one tenth (1/10th) previous times</b>.<br><br><b>So for the first time you have LRH's text as he originally intended</b> providing the very basics of the Tone Scale, The Basic Laws of Theta – ARC, including their interaction on the tone scale, and so it goes chapter by chapter. For any who have ever had difficulty with the book, it's now so clear – <b>you will actually wonder where the confusion ever was</b>. Because the book is that simple – <b>JUST as LRH wrote it</b>.” | + | Whereupon what more is there to say? Students were previously spending weeks upon weeks digging their way through this book, perhaps “suffering” is a better word; and yet many students currently on a pilot program are completing this 550 page book in as little as 22 hours. Even if you double or triple that time you are still looking at <b>one tenth (1/10th) previous times</b>.<br><br><b>So for the first time you have LRH's text as he originally intended</b> providing the very basics of the Tone Scale, The Basic Laws of Theta – ARC, including their interaction on the tone scale, and so it goes chapter by chapter. For any who have ever had difficulty with the book, it's now so clear – <b>you will actually wonder where the confusion ever was</b>. Because the book is that simple – <b>JUST as LRH wrote it</b>.”<br><br> |
| − | You can see the full version of this video on the official Church of Scientology website at this address: | + | You can see the full version of this video on the official Church of Scientology website at this address: http://www.scientology.org/david-miscavige/basic-books-and-lectures.html<br> |
The segment about Science of Survival starts at 57:17 time marker of the video.<br><br> | The segment about Science of Survival starts at 57:17 time marker of the video.<br><br> | ||
| − | For those Scientologists who truly bought into this “parade of lies,” consider this. Science of Survival was first published in 1951. Ron Hubbard officially “departed” in 1986. Unlike some other basic books, Science of Survival never even had another edition in all of 30 years that this book was in publication and in active use during the earlier time in Scientology history. The same text was simply reprinted in consecutive reprints as can be seen on the < | + | |
| − | In addition, Science of Survival is one of the few books that was placed on record with the U.S. Library of Congress carrying a unique U.S. Library of Congress number (52-5566). Do you think that Ron Hubbard did not make sure that “all the commas were in the right place” before the book was fixed in its state to be preserved for future generations? | + | For those Scientologists who truly bought into this “parade of lies,” consider this. Science of Survival was first published in 1951. Ron Hubbard officially “departed” in 1986. Unlike some other basic books, Science of Survival never even had another edition in all of 30 years that this book was in publication and in active use during the earlier time in Scientology history. The same text was simply reprinted in consecutive reprints as can be seen on the <u>copyright page of the 1975 reprint</u> used in this report. Do you really think that Ron Hubbard, a very experienced and accomplished writer, in all of 30 years of using Science of Survival never even bothered to check if the book was exactly as he wanted? This is especially in light of the fact that this is the one book, apart from Dianetics, which provides the foundation for the entire Grade Chart as David Miscavige himself had noted? |
| − | Do you also not think that if any students had difficulties understanding the book because of “semicolons” that it would be brought to Ron Hubbard's attention in all of 30 years that he was in charge of the Church? | + | |
| − | David Miscavige also misstated | + | In addition, Science of Survival is one of the few books that was placed on record with the U.S. Library of Congress carrying a unique U.S. Library of Congress number (52-5566). Do you think that Ron Hubbard did not make sure that “all the commas were in the right place” before the book was fixed in its state to be preserved for future generations? |
| + | |||
| + | Do you also not think that if any students had difficulties understanding the book because of “semicolons” that it would not be brought to Ron Hubbard's attention in all of 30 years that he was in charge of the Church? | ||
| + | |||
| + | David Miscavige also misstated an important fact. The first publication of the book was NOT subtitled “Simpler and Faster Techniques.” As can be seen on the <u>description page in 1976 Technical Volume I</u>, Science of Survival was originally subtitled “Simplified, Faster Dianetic Techniques” which would make sense since it is the next book that followed after the first publication of “Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.” And, once you have it in front you, it is almost impossible not to notice how toward the end of his talk David Miscavige says “just as LRH wrote it.” Didn't he earlier state that the book was DICTATED? That's why “the transcriptionist and the editor were the first to touch this book.” No? Is this not a clear example of Miscavige starting to get tangled up in his own web of deception? | ||
| + | |||
| + | <br><br><br><div align="center"><b>START OF ALTERATIONS REPORT</b></div><br> | ||
4th printing (same year as first publication in 1951) of the original text was also available for this review and is sometimes referred to in comments on alterations. It has not been compared on line by line basis, but on cursory inspection of the text in the 4th printing it looks exactly the same as the text in the 15th printing which would make sense.<br><br> | 4th printing (same year as first publication in 1951) of the original text was also available for this review and is sometimes referred to in comments on alterations. It has not been compared on line by line basis, but on cursory inspection of the text in the 4th printing it looks exactly the same as the text in the 15th printing which would make sense.<br><br> | ||
In addition, an earlier - 2001 - version of an already altered edition of "Science of Survival" was also acquired for the purpose of determining the total time frame that the parishioners and staff at the Church of Scientology were exposed to the massive alterations that can be found in 2007 text. Not all alterations cited below have been verified against the 2001 edition, but more serious alterations were looked up and in most cases were found to be already present in 2001 edition. Where it has been verified, it was noted in the comments that such alteration is or is not present in 2001 edition. Where it is not noted, it is safe to just assume that such an alteration can already be found in 2001 edition of the altered text. This particularly applies to contextual alterations, not to alterations in punctuation.<br><br> | In addition, an earlier - 2001 - version of an already altered edition of "Science of Survival" was also acquired for the purpose of determining the total time frame that the parishioners and staff at the Church of Scientology were exposed to the massive alterations that can be found in 2007 text. Not all alterations cited below have been verified against the 2001 edition, but more serious alterations were looked up and in most cases were found to be already present in 2001 edition. Where it has been verified, it was noted in the comments that such alteration is or is not present in 2001 edition. Where it is not noted, it is safe to just assume that such an alteration can already be found in 2001 edition of the altered text. This particularly applies to contextual alterations, not to alterations in punctuation.<br><br> | ||
| Line 33: | Line 53: | ||
Some key terms relating to grammar should be cleared before reading this report: sentence, subject, verb; coordinating conjunction; participle adjective; the use of a comma, a period, a semicolon, parenthesis and a dash in punctuation. <br><br><br><i>Note! <b>Bold</b></i><i>formatting in citations was added to highlight key areas of alteration.</i><i>Key areas of punctuation will be <u>underlined</u>.</i><i>Square brackets - [ ] - were used to insert comment where needed. With a few exceptions comments will also appear in italics, but italics formatting inside the quotations is original formatting of how it appeared in the book from where it was quoted.</i><br><br><br><br> | Some key terms relating to grammar should be cleared before reading this report: sentence, subject, verb; coordinating conjunction; participle adjective; the use of a comma, a period, a semicolon, parenthesis and a dash in punctuation. <br><br><br><i>Note! <b>Bold</b></i><i>formatting in citations was added to highlight key areas of alteration.</i><i>Key areas of punctuation will be <u>underlined</u>.</i><i>Square brackets - [ ] - were used to insert comment where needed. With a few exceptions comments will also appear in italics, but italics formatting inside the quotations is original formatting of how it appeared in the book from where it was quoted.</i><br><br><br><br> | ||
| − | = | + | <div align="center"><u><b>CAPITALIZATON</b></u></div><br> |
Many dianetic terms have been capitalized which were not capitalized in the original text:<br><br> | Many dianetic terms have been capitalized which were not capitalized in the original text:<br><br> | ||
Dianetic, Dianetically, Dianetic Release, Release, Clear, Tone Scale, Tone, Straight Memory, Lock Scanning, Lock Scan, Lock Scanned, Lock Reduction, Chain Scanning, Repeater Technique, Affinity, Reality, and Communication, First through Seventh Dynamic, Auditor’s Code, Repeater Technique, Theta-MEST Theory, Standard Procedure, Positive Processing. <br><br><br> | Dianetic, Dianetically, Dianetic Release, Release, Clear, Tone Scale, Tone, Straight Memory, Lock Scanning, Lock Scan, Lock Scanned, Lock Reduction, Chain Scanning, Repeater Technique, Affinity, Reality, and Communication, First through Seventh Dynamic, Auditor’s Code, Repeater Technique, Theta-MEST Theory, Standard Procedure, Positive Processing. <br><br><br> | ||
| Line 42: | Line 62: | ||
Some other terms not directly related to Dianetics were capitalized as well: <br> | Some other terms not directly related to Dianetics were capitalized as well: <br> | ||
Absolute Truth, Forced of Good, Forces of Evil, Devil, Communism, Man, Mankind, Mama and Papa. <br><br> | Absolute Truth, Forced of Good, Forces of Evil, Devil, Communism, Man, Mankind, Mama and Papa. <br><br> | ||
| − | It is interesting to note that while the word “devil” was capitalized in instances where it was not capitalized in the original text, the word “Godless” was de-capitalized where it was capitalized in the original text. <br><br><br><br><div align="center" | + | It is interesting to note that while the word “devil” was capitalized in instances where it was not capitalized in the original text, the word “Godless” was de-capitalized where it was capitalized in the original text. <br><br><br><br> |
| − | + | ||
| + | <div align="center"><u><b>SPELLING</b></u></div><br> | ||
| + | Many words which were originally spelled using proper British spelling were changed into American spelling format. The following is a list of words that were noted to have been changed in spelling. There could be more examples in text: <br><br> | ||
Favour > favor; behaviour > behavior; endeavour > endeavor; amongst > among; skilfully > skillfully; honour > honor; analyser > analyzer; sanatorium > sanitarium; theatre > threater; anaesthetic > anesthetic; labelled > labeled; odour > odor; mould > mold; centre > center; programme > program; towards > toward; favourite > favorite; pretence > pretense; judgement > judgment; odour > odor; paralyse > paralyze; criticising > criticizing. <br><br><br> | Favour > favor; behaviour > behavior; endeavour > endeavor; amongst > among; skilfully > skillfully; honour > honor; analyser > analyzer; sanatorium > sanitarium; theatre > threater; anaesthetic > anesthetic; labelled > labeled; odour > odor; mould > mold; centre > center; programme > program; towards > toward; favourite > favorite; pretence > pretense; judgement > judgment; odour > odor; paralyse > paralyze; criticising > criticizing. <br><br><br> | ||
Many numbers that were written in words were changed to number format such as “seventy” to “70.” <br><br><br> | Many numbers that were written in words were changed to number format such as “seventy” to “70.” <br><br><br> | ||
There were also changes in the use of a hyphen in either adding or removing it such as in the following examples: <br><br> | There were also changes in the use of a hyphen in either adding or removing it such as in the following examples: <br><br> | ||
A-R-C > ARC; pre-clear > preclear; psycho-surgery > psychosurgery; psycho-therapist > psychotherapist; coaudit > co-audit; nonsurvival > non-survival; un-enturbulate > unentrubulate <br><br><br><br> | A-R-C > ARC; pre-clear > preclear; psycho-surgery > psychosurgery; psycho-therapist > psychotherapist; coaudit > co-audit; nonsurvival > non-survival; un-enturbulate > unentrubulate <br><br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | <div align="center"><u><b>PUNCTUATION / SENTENCE STRUCTURE</b></u></div><br> | ||
| + | At the center stage of changes in punctuation is breaking down joined sentences often resulting in a very much unwanted dispersal of conceptual concentration and an unpleasant read. <br><br> | ||
| + | Many sentences that were joined with a coordinating conjunction (and, but, for, etc) and a comma were broken down with a period. Examples:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-5</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-6</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Each form evolved from the initial impact of theta against <u>MEST, and</u> each form on a higher level is supported by lower-level forms.<br> | ||
| + | | Each form evolved from the initial impact of theta Against <u>MEST. And</u> each form on a higher level is supported by lower-level forms.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-19</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-21</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The auditor who is doing processing regularly and has been trained for it will use any method to raise the tone of his <u>preclear*, for when</u> the tone is raised, processing is easier.<br> | ||
| + | | The auditor who is doing processing regularly and has been trained for it will use any method to raise the tone of his <u>preclear.* For when</u> the tone is raised, processing is easier.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-50</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-58</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | He has no irrational reasons to experience grief <u>or fear, but when</u> present-time circumstances strongly call for these emotions, he will display them, and yet soon afterwards be fully recovered.<br> | ||
| + | | He has no irrational reasons to experience grief <u>or fear. But when</u> present time circumstances strongly call for these emotions, he will display them and yet soon afterward be fully recovered.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-63</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-72</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | If communication exists, some agreement can be <u>reached, and</u> as soon as an agreement is reached between two people or by a man with himself, there is some affinity.<br> | ||
| + | | If communication exists, some agreement can be <u>reached. And</u> as soon as an agreement is reached between two people or by a man with himself, there is some affinity.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B2-18</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B2-232</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | If one does not feel that he can keep the auditor’s code wholly and completely, he should not under any circumstances audit <u>anyone, nor</u> should he permit himself to be persuaded to audit <u>anyone, and</u> any pre-clear should be very wary of permitting himself to be audited by anyone who potentially would break the auditor’s code. | ||
| + | | If one does not feel that he can keep the Auditor’s Code wholly and completely, he should not, under any circumstances, audit <u>anyone. Nor</u> should he permit himself to be persuaded to audit <u>anyone. And</u> any preclear should be very wary of permitting himself to be audited by anyone who potentially would break the Auditor’s Code. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | Some sentences with a coordinating conjunction were broken down where there was not even a punctuation mark such as a comma or a semicolon requiring a pause. Examples:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-13</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-15</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The result is that when he is in a restimulative environment he may be covertly <u>hostile but in</u> a more favourable environment he may be analytically very productive.<br> | ||
| + | | The result is that when he is in a restimulative environment, he may be covertly <u>hostile. But </u>in a more favorable environment, he may be analytically very productive.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Also, notice two additional commas requiring a pause where there doesn’t need to be one.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-15</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-18</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Further recounting brings him into a cheerful frame of mind <u>about it and finally</u> he simply laughs over it.<br> | ||
| + | | Further recounting brings him into a <i>cheerful </i>frame of mind <u>about it. And finally</u> he simply <i>laughs </i>over it.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-21</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-23</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Finally we have the band below death and the MEST <u>body and</u> on these we can do nothing, of course. | ||
| + | | Finally we have the band below <i>death </i>and the MEST <u>body. And</u> on these we can do nothing, of course. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | Few sentences that were originally separated with a period were combined instead. Examples:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-9</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-10</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Thus the small boy who hit his head on the rock knows analytically that he fell and hit his head, perhaps, but he “knows” better with his reactive mind. Suppose the smell o f dust was present in the <u>accident. The reactive</u> mind has stored the perceptic of the smell o f dust. | ||
| + | | Thus the small boy who hit his head on the rock knows analytically that he fell and hit his head, perhaps, but he “knows” better with his reactive mind. Supposing the smell of dust was present in the <u>accident, the reactive</u> mind stored the perceptic of the smell of dust. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-122</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-141</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The auditor should keep in mind the axiom that all creation carries with it a small amount of destruction; just as one may not be able to construct an apartment building without destroying the tenement which sits there; just as one may not be able to publish a newspaper without destroying forests to obtain <u>newsprint. It is</u> the ratio of creation to destruction which counts.<br> | ||
| + | | The auditor should keep in mind the axiom that all creation carries with it a small amount of destruction. Just as one may not be able to construct an apartment building without destroying the tenement which sits there, just as one may not be able to publish a newspaper without destroying forests to obtain <u>newsprint, it is</u> the <i>ratio </i>of creation to destruction which counts.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here replacing period with a comma between “newsprint” and “it” resulted in a grammatical error called “comma splice.” See more explanation on this and the use of a semicolon in a separate section below.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | Many sentences that were joined with a semicolon with or without a coordinating conjunction were broken down with a period (see “MORE ON THE USE OF A SEMICOLON” section for examples). <br><br><br> | ||
| + | The indiscriminate breaking down of sentences extended into a total absurdity of resulting in sentences that are grammatically incorrect:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-3</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-59</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | First, the pre-clear would be in very deep apathy, not knowing or caring whether this incident would resolve or not. He would then go up the scale to <u>apathy, then to grief</u>.<br> | ||
| + | | First, the preclear would be in very deep apathy, not knowing or caring whether this incident would resolve or not. He would then go up the scale to <u>apathy. Then to grief</u>.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Then to grief” is an incomplete sentence since it does not contain a verb and is just a continuation of the concept being expressed in the preceding sentence.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-79</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-91</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The word <i>somatic </i>means, actually, <i>bodily </i>or <i>physical. </i>Because the word <i>pain </i>is restimulative, and because the word pain has in the past led to a confusion between physical pain and mental pain, the word somatic is used in Dianetics to denote physical pain or discomfort of any kind. It can mean actual pain, such as that caused by a cut or a blow; or it can mean discomfort, as from heat or cold; it can mean <u>itching—in short</u>, anything physically uncomfortable.<br> | ||
| + | | The word <i>somatic </i>means, actually, “bodily or physical.” Because the word <i>pain </i>is restimulative and because the word pain has in the past led to a confusion between physical pain and mental pain, the word <i>somatic </i>is used, in Dianetics, to denote physical pain or discomfort of any kind. It can mean actual pain such as that caused by a cut or a blow. Or it can mean discomfort as from heat or cold. It can mean <u>itching. In short</u>, anything physically uncomfortable.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how in the original sentence a semicolon was skillfully used to connect related sentences in a more continuous flow of thought – this was broken up with periods in the “corrected” 2007 version. In addition, “in Dianetics” was surrounded by commas where it did not need to be, and “in short, anything physically uncomfortable” was separated into its own sentence resulting in incorrect grammar since it does not contain a verb.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | Here is another clear example: <br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B2-11</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B2-225</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The mate who is lower will demand more communication and give <u>less, and</u> will assert more reality but will actually have less.<br> | ||
| + | | The mate who is lower will demand more communication and give <u>less. And</u> will assert more <u>reality, but</u> will actually have less.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here “And will assert more reality, but will actually have less” is not a correct sentence because it does not contain a subject. The comma between “less” and “and” was used in the original text as a matter of style and not to separate two sentences joined with a coordinating conjunction as usually the case. Also, there is no need for a pause between “reality” and “but” so there was no need to have a comma in that place.</i>]<br><br><br><br><b>MORE ON THE USE OF A SEMICOLON</b><br><br> | ||
| + | Let’s look at Miscavige’s claim with respect to the use a semicolon a little closer: <br><br> | ||
| + | “…they [<i>transcriptionist and the editor</i>] were so indecisive they really didn’t know where to begin or end the sentence, specifically, here is where they weren’t sure if it should be a comma or a period and so they split the difference and used a semicolon…” <br><br> | ||
| + | First of all, there was no “they.” The author of the book is L. Ron Hubbard. Second, this utterly absurd statement should make one wonder – does David Miscavige himself understand the use of a semicolon in sentences or even the grammatical construct of sentences in general? It is quite obvious from the ample examples provided in this report that this man, who never published a single book in his life, must himself lack some very basic education to say the least. <br><br> | ||
| + | So what are the rules for using a semicolon? This can be easily answered by anyone with Internet access and some ability to read. Some good resources for understanding the use of a semicolon: <br> | ||
| + | http://oxforddictionaries.com/words/semicolon<br> | ||
| + | http://www.grammarbook.com/punctuation/semicolons.asp<br> | ||
| + | http://writing.wisc.edu/Handbook/Semicolons.html (you can also use this website for definition of terms: independent clause, coordinating conjunctions, conjunctive adverbs, and transitional phrases).<br><br><br> | ||
| + | General rule: “The main task of the semicolon is to mark a break that is stronger than a comma but not as final as a full stop. It’s used between two main clauses that balance each other and are too closely linked to be made into separate sentences.” [http://oxforddictionaries.com/words/semicolon]:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-42</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-49</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Theta itself could be called reason; entheta could be called unreason.<br><br> | ||
| + | | Theta itself could be called <i>reason. </i>Entheta could be called <i>unreason.<br><br></i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-60</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The existence of God and spiritual manifestations could be classified as theta <u>universe; contact</u> with these would be considered a use of theta perceptics.<br><br> | ||
| + | | The existence of God and spiritual manifestations could be classified as theta <u>universe. Contact</u> with these would be considered a use of theta perceptics.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-63</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-72</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | There cannot, for instance, be communication and affinity <u>alone; these</u> two things would result in an agreement of some sort, which agreement would be reality. | ||
| + | | There cannot, for instance, be communication and affinity <u>alone. These</u> two things would result in an agreement of some sort, which agreement would be a reality. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | More specific use: “Use a semicolon between two independent clauses that are connected by conjunctive adverbs or transitional phrases.” [http://writing.wisc.edu/Handbook/Semicolons.html]:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-66</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-77</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | A primary concern of the auditor is the turning on of <u>sonic; therefore</u> he must know what turns it off.<br><br> | ||
| + | | A primary concern of the auditor is the turning on of <u>sonic. Therefore</u>, he must know what turns it off.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-83</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-96</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Running locks and secondaries is a much more rapid way of raising the tone of the <u>case; however</u>, that tone can fall again so long as engrams remain.<br><br> | ||
| + | | Running locks and secondaries is a much more rapid way of raising the tone of the <u>case. However</u>, that tone can fall again so long as engrams remain.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-107</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-122</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Valence is a survival mechanism, one of the means used by the mind to escape too painful an <u>existence; therefore</u>, in order to get the pre-clear into his own valence much of the charge has to be unburdened from the track. | ||
| + | | Valence is a survival mechanism, one of the means used by the mind to escape too painful an <u>existence. Therefore</u>, in order to get the preclear into his own valence, much o f the charge has to be unburdened from the track. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | Another specific use: “Use a semicolon between independent clauses joined by a coordinating conjunction if the clauses are already punctuated with commas or if the clauses are lengthy.” [http://writing.wisc.edu/Handbook/Semicolons.html]:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-48</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-55</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The development of a new science naturally means the development of many new <u>terms; and</u> as new data is discovered, old definitions are often found to be inadequate.<br><br> | ||
| + | | The development of a new science naturally means the development of many new <u>terms. And</u> as new data is discovered, old definitions are often found to be inadequate.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-52</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-60</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | If he cannot turn on grief, he may be able to turn on <u>anger; and</u> once he has taken some of the anger off the case perhaps he can run some of the lower levels such as fear.<br><br> | ||
| + | | If he cannot turn on grief, he may be able to turn on <u>anger. And</u> once he has taken some of the anger off of the case, perhaps he can run some o f the lower levels such as fear.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-81</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-93</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | There is much more that could be discovered about this mechanism or conversion of physical pain to, for instance, terror or grief or <u>apathy; and</u> the discovery probably lies in the field of further examination and understanding of free <u>theta; but</u> it is certain that secondary engrams, with their mis-emotion, occlude somatics. | ||
| + | | There is much more that could be discovered about this mechanism of conversion of physical pain to, for instance, terror or grief or <u>apathy, and</u> the discovery probably lies in the field of further examination and understanding of free <u>theta. But</u> it is certain that secondary engrams, with their mis-emotion, occlude somatics. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | Grammatical error: “Both parts of the sentence are independent clauses, and commas should not be used to connect independent clauses if there is no coordinating conjunction. This mistake is known as a <b>comma splice</b>.” [http://writing.wisc.edu/Handbook/Semicolons.html]:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-59</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Thus, we have hearing because there are sound waves which can be registered and <u>interpreted; we</u> have sight because light waves exist to be registered; and so forth.<br><br> | ||
| + | | Thus, we have hearing because there are sound waves which can be registered and <u>interpreted, we </u>have sight because light waves exist to be registered, and so forth.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-63</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-73</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The auditor must appreciate the value of <u>communication; since</u> if his pre-clear cannot communicate with his own past he cannot make an accurate adjudication of his own present and he certainly cannot compute his own future.<br><br> | ||
| + | | The auditor must appreciate the value of <u>communication, since</u> if his preclear cannot communicate with his own past, he cannot make an accurate adjudication of his own present and he certainly cannot compute his own future.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-66</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-77</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The next most severe interference with sonic comes from valence shifters; the person’s identity is confused with that of another <u>person; he</u> is not in his own valence, and he is off his own time track. | ||
| + | | The next most severe interference with sonic comes from <i>valence shifters. </i>The person’s identity is confused with that of another <u>person, he</u> is not in his own valence and he is off his own time track. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br><b>MISLEADING USE OF PARENTHESIS</b><br><br> | ||
| + | Parenthesis are commonly used in sentences to include optional text that clarifies something in the sentence but is not considered essential, meaning – if you read the sentence without the text in parenthesis, it is still a complete communication. There are quite a number of cases throughout 2007 "Science of Survival" where phrases within sentences were surrounded with parenthesis erroneously communicating to readers that the text now enclosed in parenthesis is an optional addition and non-essential instead of being an inseparable part of the sentence. Here are a few examples:<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-40</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-45</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Contradicting one of the child’s statements or beliefs, <u>which is to say his reality</u>, is also to break affinity with him and suppress his communication.<br><br> | ||
| + | | Contradicting one of the child’s statements or beliefs <u>(which is to say, his reality)</u> is also to break affinity with him and to suppress his communication.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-47</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-54</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The sixth dynamic would include the affinity, communication, and reality of MEST as itself, <u>within its own laws as expressed in the physical sciences</u>; but more important for our purposes, the feeling of the individual for MEST, to know it, to use it, and to preserve it.<br><br> | ||
| + | | The Sixth Dynamic would include the affinity, communication and reality of MEST as itself <u>(within its own laws as expressed in the physical sciences)</u>, but more important for our purposes, the feeling of the individual for MEST: to know it, to use it and to preserve it.<br><br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-49</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-56</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | If the present-time situation seemed to indicate, <u>because of happy circumstances</u>, happiness, and yet the individual remained apathetic, this would be irrational. | ||
| + | | If the present time situation seemed to indicate <u>(because of happy circumstances)</u> happiness and yet the individual remained apathetic, this would be irrational. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50% | <b>1975: B1-49</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-56</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Being emotional, however, would indicate, <u>if the emotionality agreed with current circumstances</u>, a rational state of being.<br><br> | ||
| + | | Being emotional, however, would indicate <u>(if the emotionality agreed with current circumstances)</u> a rational state of being.<br><br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The sentence means something entirely different without the text that was enclosed in parenthesis here.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-60</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Oddly enough, in Dianetics considerable evidence, <u>whether we wish it or not</u>, is accumulating in favour of not only a theta universe and a theta body but of theta perceptics, as well. This has proceeded far enough to contain some evidence that certain techniques of application, <u>already partially formed</u>, exist by which the theta perceptics can be <b style="">cleared</b>, raising the prediction potentiality of the individual, amongst other things.<br> | ||
| + | | Oddly enough, in Dianetics considerable evidence <u>(whether we wish it or not)</u> is accumulating in favor of not only a theta universe and a theta body, but of theta perceptics as well. This has proceeded far enough to contain some evidence that certain techniques of application <u>(already partially formed)</u> exist by which the theta perceptics can be <b style="">Cleared</b>, raising the prediction potentiality of the individual among other things.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>1975: B1-70</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%"| <b>2007: B1-80</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | When we take this individual and dianetically process him <u>and turn the entheta into theta</u>, he becomes more and more powerful and able to cope with and adjust his environment.<br><br> | ||
| + | | When we take this individual and Dianetically process him <u>(and turn the entheta into theta)</u>, he becomes more and more powerful and able to cope with and adjust his environment.<br><br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>There is absolutely nothing optional about the text that was enclosed in parenthesis in this sentence.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | Examples of misusing parenthesis like the few above are abundant throughout the text – at least a few in nearly every chapter. Alterations in punctuation overall however are so abundant that it would be an overwhelming task to even just count every single occurrence. Miscavige did say 3825 – he wasn't kidding.<br><br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | <div align="center"><u><b>ALTERATIONS IN WORDING</b></u></div> | ||
| + | == Acknowledgement == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: Acknowledgement</b> [http://www.truebasics.x10.mx/5106_SOS/intro(005)_SOS(1975)_1.25x.jpg]</a> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: Acknowledgment</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="top" | <i> Acknowledgement is made to fifty-thousand years of thinking men without whose speculations and observations the creation and construction of Dianetics would not have been possible. Credit in particular is due to:</i><br> | ||
| + | | ||
| + | {| align="center" border="0" | ||
| + | | align="left" | <i>Anaxagoras</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" | <i> Thomas Paine</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" valign="top" | <div align="left"><i>Aristotle</i></div> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="top" | <i>Thomas Jefferson</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Socrates</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Rene Descartes</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Plato</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>James Clerk Maxwell</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Euclid</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Charcot</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Lucretius</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Herbert Spencer</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Roger Bacon</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>William James</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Francis Bacon</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Sigmund Freud</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Isaac Newton</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Cmdr Thompson (MC) USN</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>van Leeuwenhoek</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>William A. White</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i>Voltaire</i> | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="bottom" | <i><br></i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | colspan="2" rowspan="1" align="center" valign="bottom" | <i>Will Durant</i> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | colspan="2" rowspan="1" align="center" valign="bottom" | <i>Count Alfred Korzybski</i> | ||
| + | |}<br><i>and my instructors in atomic and molecular phenomena, mathematics and the humanities at George Washington University and at Princeton</i><br> | ||
| + | | align="center" valign="top" | <i>A C K N O W L E D G M E N T<br><br> | ||
| + | To fifty thousand years<br> | ||
| + | of thinking men<br><br> | ||
| + | Without whose work<br> | ||
| + | Dianetics could never have<br> | ||
| + | been formulated —<br><br> | ||
| + | The credit is theirs not mine —<br><br> | ||
| + | LRH</i> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here we have a change from something specific to a generality.</i>]<br><br> | ||
| + | 1975 Printing also included a dedication [http://www.truebasics.x10.mx/5106_SOS/intro(003)_SOS(1975)_1.25x.jpg] to L. Ron Hubbard's daughter Diana Hubbard. It was disgracefully dropped from 2007 publication.<br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | |||
| + | = The Goal of Dianetics = | ||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: v | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50&" | 2007: i | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Far simpler than Man supposed, the workings of the human mind and knowledge itself became, in Dianetics, a body of knowledge with which any reasonably intelligent individual can work. || Far simpler than Man supposed, the workings of the human mind and knowledge itself '''become''', in Dianetics, a body of knowledge with which any reasonably intelligent individual can work. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :''Notice how even a barely noticeable change of a verb from past to present tense results in a material alteration of the meaning conveyed by the author.'' | ||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: vi | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: ii | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | And what of the practitioner who has devoted years to the study of methods and theories which are suddenly shown to be obsolete and even harmful? || And what of the practitioner, who studied twelve long years to become an expert in exorcising demons from the insane, when he is suddenly informed that a few weeks of study in Dianetics qualifies any intelligent man to do a much better— and much less harmful— job? | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: vii | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: iii | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Dianetics was asked to vindicate itself in 1950. It did, as you will see in the publisher’s introduction. This was very tolerant of Dianetics for no existing “ology” pertaining to the human mind has ever been validated or has been called upon to validate itself. || Dianetics was asked to vindicate itself in 1950. It did. This was very tolerant of Dianetics, for no existing -ology pertaining to the human mind has ever been validated, nor has it been called upon to validate itself. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | |||
| + | :''Obviously, since the Publisher's Introduction (the following chapter of 23 pages in 1975 printing) presenting case studies demonstrating Dianetics' effectiveness was eliminated from 2007 “edition” (it was already not there in 2001 altered edition), the sentence letting readers know that there was indeed such a document in the book also had to go.'' | ||
| + | |||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: viii | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: iv | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The goal of Dianetics is sanity. It would be stopped only by the insane. || The goal of Dianetics is sanity. It can be stopped only by the insane. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :Yes indeed, and that would include stopping the practice by populating its materials with subversive alterations.'' | ||
| + | |||
| + | = Publisher's Introduction = | ||
| + | |||
| + | This section was deleted entirely from 2007 and 2001 editions. | ||
| + | |||
| + | = Introduction = | ||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: xxxiv | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: vi | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Simply reading this book then, although it contains all the basic information, does not qualify an individual to practice professionally. But once he has thoroughly studied this book, he should be able to handle routine cases without difficulty. || Simply reading this book, then, although it contains all the pertinent information, does not qualify an individual to practice professionally. But once he has thoroughly studied this book, he should be able to handle routine cases without difficulty. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: xxxv | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: vii | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | You can’t drive anybody mad with Dianetic processing. Cases driven mad by Dianetic processing do not exist. Cases do exist where reversed techniques have been criminally used on persons. || You can’t drive anybody mad with standard Dianetic processing. You can make people somewhat unhappy. Cases driven mad by Dianetic processing do not exist. Cases do exist where reversed techniques have been criminally used on persons. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :''A completely new sentence was arbitrarily added here.'' | ||
| + | |||
| + | = BOOK ONE = | ||
| + | [[File:HOM thumb.jpg|thumb|150px|left|link=http://scientolipedia.org/info/A_History_of_Man_-_Alterations|A History of Man - Alterations]] | ||
| + | == CHAPTER ONE (COLUMN A – The Tone Scale) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: 3 | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: 3 | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | A “too-complicated” school of thought, masquerading as science, took up this argument, seeing that it obfuscated any real explanation, or reason for one, and began to say that the human mind, being part of a machine which was too complicated for biology and biochemistry, was of course too complicated to understand. It is felt that this waving aside of the problems of mind operation, this acting on the defeatist principle that the problem could not be solved, introduced “therapies” which were “too complicated.” It took four to twelve years to get an inkling of these therapies and all evidence to hand, carefully compiled, shows that they do not work, that the problems of criminality, insanity and war still remained, with these systems of “therapy,” far out o f control. The too-complicated school of life and mind operation gives us a picture o f a group of demon exorcists rushing around plague-ridden London a couple of centuries ago, telling everyone they had the solution to the plague, while some hundreds of thousands of Englishmen died the black death. || A “too-complicated” school of thought, a scientific masquerade, took up this argument and saw that it obfuscated any real explanation (or reason for one) and began to say that the human mind, being a part of a machine which was too complicated for biology and biochemistry, was of course too complicated to understand, being a part of a too-complicated organism. It is felt that this “waving aside of the problems of mind” operation, this operation on the defeatist principle that the problem could not be solved, introduced “therapies” which were “too complicated.” It took four to twelve years to get an inkling of these therapies. And all evidence to hand, carefully compiled, shows that they do not work, that the problems of criminality, insanity and war still remained, with these systems of “therapy,” far out of control. The too-complicated school of life and mind operation gives us a picture of a group of demon exorcists rushing around plague-ridden London a couple of centuries ago, telling everyone they had the solution to the plague, while some hundreds of thousands of Englishmen died the Black Death. With 19 million insane in the United States alone, with nations in the grip of madmen planning conquest, the too-complicated school rushes about getting a good press on how well they are doing, while all the evidence says entirely otherwise. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :''Notice an example of breaking down a sentence “...therapies. And...” The last sentence does not appear in 1975 15th printing or in 1951 4th printing of the original text, but it does already appear in 2001 altered edition.'' | ||
| + | |||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: 5 | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: 6 | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Theta crushed too hard into MEST becomes entheta. MEST crushed too hard into theta becomes enMEST. Entheta is simply a compound word meaning “enturbulated theta.” And enMEST is another word meaning “enturbulated MEST.” || Theta crushed too hard into MEST becomes entheta. MEST impinged upon by entheta becomes enMEST. Entheta is simply a compound word meaning enturbulated theta. And enMEST is another word meaning enturbulated MEST. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :''This alteration can already be found in 2001 edition.'' | ||
| + | |||
| + | {| border="1" cellpadding="2" | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: 6 | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: 7 | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | If this is the cycle — and this assumption solves problems which were never solved before— then we can see that theta would have to have a withdrawal mechanism, and so it does. Death is that mechanism. Theta and MEST are attached to each other but when they become painfully mixed up, they become entheta and enMEST. || If this is the cycle (and this assumption solves problems which were never solved before), then we can see that theta would have to have a withdrawal mechanism. And so it does. Death is that mechanism. Theta and MEST are attracted to each other, but when they become painfully mixed up, they become entheta and enMEST. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 1975: 14 | ||
| + | ! scope="col" width="50%" | 2007: 15 | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Anything which raises a person’s tone can be considered legitimate processing. This includes, of course, nutrition, environment, and education, as well as processing. Simply taking the person to see a movie he wants to see may raise his tone. Processing achieves permanent rises in tone. If it is illegal anywhere to process people, then it must also, sequitur, be illegal to make people happy. || Anything which raises a person’s tone can be considered legitimate processing. This includes, of course, nutrition, environment and education, as well as processing. Simply taking the person to see a movie he wants to see may raise his tone. Processing achieves permanent '''raises''' in tone. If it is illegal anywhere to process people, then it must also, sequitur, be illegal to make people happy. And if laws exist against making people happy, somebody had better overthrow that government quick. For it is a death government, so entheta that it will bring about the death of the state and those within it. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | :''“Rises” is the correct word to use, not “raises” - see noun definitions in Oxford dictionary:'' | ||
| + | ::http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/rise | ||
| + | ::http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/raise | ||
| + | :Last two sentences urging readers to overthrow an “entheta” government does not appear in 1975 15th printing nor in 1951 4th printing, but it does appear in 2001 altered edition.] | ||
| + | <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWO (COLUMN B – Dianetic Evaluation) == | ||
| + | [[File:FOT thumb.jpg|thumb|150px|right|link=http://scientolipedia.org/info/Fundamentals_of_Thought_-_Alterations|Fundamentals of thought Alterations]] | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-19</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-22</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The use of the term “average” or “normal” is susceptible to considerable misunderstanding. It simply means the average of the population’s intelligence and ability. It is remarkably low in the United States compared to what it could be. But the United States’ average is considerably higher than that, for instance, of <b>Panama</b>. | ||
| + | | The use of the term “average” or “normal” is susceptible to considerable misunderstanding. It simply means the average of the population’s intelligence and ability. It is remarkably low in the United States compared to what it could be, but the United States’ average is considerably higher than that of <b>other nations</b>. | ||
| + | |} | ||
| + | <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER THREE (COLUMN C Physiology and Behavior) == | ||
| + | |||
| + | NONE PRESENTED | ||
| + | <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FOUR (COLUMN D – Psychiatric Range) == | ||
| + | |||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-29</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-34</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Free association is a long drawn-out procedure which is, at best, of <b>very</b> questionable value. Restraints and cold packs only succeed in shocking the patient into a deeper state of lethargy. Do not condone such methods nor permit them to be used on your pre-clears, for the simple reason that they do not work. <br><br> | ||
| + | Handle the psychotic gently. Respect his rights to a whole brain and a future. Do not consider that he is your toy or your experimental animal. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Free association is a long, drawn-out procedure which, <b>although it has had some success in rehabilitating patients who were not too near the bottom of the</b><b> Tone Scale, is in the long run</b> of questionable value. Restraints and cold packs only succeed in shocking the patient into a deeper state of lethargy. Do not condone such methods nor permit them to be used on your preclears for the simple reason, aside from their inhuman aspects, that they do not work. <b>They only sap the remaining stamina from the patient. Why cling to old-fashioned and even barbaric methods when Dianetics provides surer, more effective and humane techniques?</b><br><br> | ||
| + | Handle the psychotic gently. Respect his rights to a whole brain and a future. Do not consider that he is your toy or your experimental animal<b> for vivisection or strange sadistic “treatment.”</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Who is the author of the additional text? These alterations were already present in 2001 edition.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FIVE (COLUMN E – Medical Range) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SIX (The Basic Laws of Theta Affinity - Reality - Communication) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-</b><b>36 </b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-42</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | We have thought of evolution in the past as something stretched <b>back along</b> the eons, as a graduated scale of various species which changed as the ages progressed down to our present life forms. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | We have thought of evolution in the past as something stretched <b>out back down</b> the eons, as a graduated scale of various species which changed as the ages progressed down to our present life forms. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-40</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-45</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One must also consider in a discussion of theta that theta is measured on a gradient tone scale from 0.0 upwards to 40.0. At the highest range, theta could be considered to be in a pure state. It would be a clear, even-flowing river. It would be reason at its highest. It would be complete rationality. It would be complete reality. It could accomplish complete communication in its own level. And it would be <b>pure</b> affinity. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One must also consider, in a discussion of theta, that theta is measured on a gradient Tone Scale from 0.0 upwards to 40.0. At the highest range, theta could be considered to be in a pure state. It would be a clear, even-flowing river. It would be reason at its highest. It would be complete rationality. It would be complete reality. It could accomplish complete communication in its own level. And it would be <b>purely</b> affinity. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here is a great example of how a small change in word results in a substantial change in meaning.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-41</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-48</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Below 2.0, MEST and theta are at best turbulently united. Above, they<b> are united</b> more and more smoothly as they rise up the scale, the MEST more and more under the influence of theta, the theta more and more able to do things with the MEST. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Below 2.0, MEST and theta are at best turbulently united. Above 2.0, they <b>unite</b> more and more smoothly as they rise up the scale, the MEST more and more under the influence of theta, the theta more and more able to do things with the MEST. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-44</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-51</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Some <b>rare people</b> behave and reason like MEST clears. | ||
| + | | Some <b>people, in rare instances,</b> behave and reason like MEST Clears. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-44</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-51</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | They, however, do not greatly retain the enturbulence, and as soon as they are free from such -an entheta environment they restore immediately to a cleared state. Further, they do not <b>sink</b> very far down the tone scale.<br> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | They, however, do not greatly retain the enturbulence and as soon as they are free from such an entheta environment, they restore immediately to a Cleared state. Further, they do not <b>depress</b> very far down the Tone Scale.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Word “depress” cannot even be used in the way it is used in 2007 text.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-46</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-53</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Seventh: the urge of theta to survive, the urge of the individual to promote the survival of theta and to survive through the survival of theta. <br><br> | ||
| + | Any of these dynamics can be broken down into the three component parts of affinity, communication, and reality. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | SEVENTH: the urge of theta to survive, the urge of the individual to promote the survival of theta and to survive through the survival of theta. <br><br><b>EIGHT: the urge toward survival through the Supreme Being. The number eight, laid on its side, gives us the symbol for infinity.</b><br><br> | ||
| + | Any of these dynamics can be broken down into the three component parts of affinity, communication and reality.<br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-47</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-54</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The seventh dynamic would be that of theta itself, which is composed in its component parts, according to our postulates, of affinity, reality, and communication. <br> | ||
| + | [<i>the chapter ends here</i>] | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The Seventh Dynamic would be that of theta itself, which is composed in its component parts, according to our postulates, of affinity, reality and communication. <br><br><b>The Eighth Dynamic would be the dynamic of the Supreme Being, or the Creator. That would be God. One could consider that God created the physical universe and the theta universe.</b><br> | ||
| + | [<i>the chapter ends here</i>]<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [The two sentences defining the Eighth Dynamic were not written by L. Ron Hubbard. This text does not appear even in 2001 altered edition. How exactly does one survive “through” the Supreme Being? And in the second sentence “One could consider...” - this sounds completely arbitrary. One can consider many things – they do not suddenly become formal definitions of key terms in the science of Dianetics! <br><br> | ||
| + | The ONLY place where a definition for the Eighth Dynamic appears in the original text of Science of Survival is in the Publisher's Introduction – the very section that was not included in either 2001 or 2007 altered versions of the book. The definition went as follows: <br><br> | ||
| + | 1975: xi) Dynamic eight is the urge toward survival as a part of or ward of a Supreme Being. The number eight, laid on its side, gives us the symbol -∞- for infinity. <br><br> | ||
| + | Even a more precise definition of the Eighth Dynamic is given in the original Fundamentals of Thought book:<br><br> | ||
| + | 1975: 38) “THE EIGHTH DYNAMIC — is the urge toward existence as Infinity. This is also identified as the Supreme Being. <b>It is carefully observed here that the <i>science</i> of Scientology does not intrude into the Dynamic of the Supreme Being.</b> This is called the Eighth Dynamic because the symbol of infinity stood upright makes the numeral “8”. This can be called the INFINITY or GOD DYNAMIC.” <br><br> | ||
| + | Note, the sentence in bold does not appear in the corresponding text of 2007 altered edition of Fundamentals of Thought. For more information on alterations in this book, see a separate alterations report.]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SEVEN (COLUMN F – Emotion) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-53</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-61</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In running secondary engrams, or painful emotion, the auditor must develop considerable skill. One cannot, for instance, bluntly demand <u>grief; nor</u><b></b>can one bluntly demand fear. Skill and tact are required to <b>reach</b> the necessary incident to resolve the case. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In running secondary engrams or painful emotion, the auditor must develop considerable skill. One cannot, for instance, bluntly demand <u>grief. Nor</u><b></b>can one bluntly demand fear. <b>Considerable</b> skill and tact are required to <b>contact</b> the necessary incident to resolve the case. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here is a perfect example of how a skilled use of a semicolon demonstrating author's extensive experience as a writer was “corrected” by replacing it with a period which results in poor grammar and an unpleasant interruption of the smooth flow of author's thought.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-54</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-61</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If one could run off a case all painful emotion—all <b>unexpressed </b>resentment, anger, fear, grief, and apathy— one would have a dianetic release whether he touched physical pain engrams or not. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If one could run off from a case all painful emotion— all <b>expressed</b> resentment, anger, fear, grief and apathy— one would have a Dianetic Release whether he touched physical pain engrams or not. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>How is this for a "correction"?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER EIGHT (COLUMN G – Affinity) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-56</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-64</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One commonly finds this in children, who <b>when</b> growing older and receiving rejections and rebuffs, first from one or two people and then from many, will gradually experience the blunting of their affinity. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One commonly finds this in children, who <b>then</b> growing older and receiving rejections and rebuffs, first from one or two people and then from many, will gradually experience the blunting of their affinity. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-56</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-64</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Around 2.5 the individual begins to neglect <b>his own person</b>, or people in general. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Around 2.5 the individual begins to neglect <b>persons</b> or people in general. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here “his own person” means himself.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-57</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-65</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | For instance, the rejected sweetheart reaching this level of grief may invent all manner of odd and peculiar incidents of cruelty on the part of the <b>last</b> lover in order to win the sympathy of those around her. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | For instance, the rejected sweetheart, reaching this level of grief, may invent all manner of odd and peculiar incidents of cruelty on the part o f the <b>past</b> lover in order to win the sympathy of those around her. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how replacing “last” with “past” noticeably reduces clarity of the sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-57</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-65</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor has a handy measuring stick with the affinity scale, since he can, by observing the pre-clear, <b>establish the position of the pre-clear on the chart</b>. Further, by watching <b>pre-clear’s attitude toward people or groups</b> he can see the improvement of the relations of the pre-clear with others and, he can see the gradual rise in tone of the case. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor has a handy measuring stick with the affinity scale, since he can, by observing the preclear, <b>establish the preclear’s attitude toward people or groups and discover the position of the preclear on the chart</b>. Further, by watching <b>the relations of the preclear with others</b> improve, he can see the gradual rise in tone of the case. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>How is this for generating some confusion which is already present in 2001 edition? Hey, at least “rise” was not changed to “raise” in this sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER NINE (Communication and Reality) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-59</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It might be said that we have potentially a sensory reception mechanism for every type of sense message which can be radiated or delivered to us <b>from</b> the physical universe, and from the theta universe. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It might be said that we have, potentially, a sensory reception mechanism for every type of sense message which can be radiated or delivered to us <b>by</b> the physical universe and from the theta universe | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“...by the physical universe” as if the physical universe has a mind of its own all of a sudden.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-63</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-73</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a man is unable to contact the reality of the present or appreciate it, and when he cannot compute his own future and act upon that computation, that <b>man</b> is considered in varying degrees neurotic or psychotic. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a man is unable to contact the reality of the present or appreciate it and when he cannot compute his own future and act upon that computation, that <b>person</b> is considered in varying degrees neurotic or psychotic. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TEN (COLUMN H – Sonic) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-66</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-76</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The case may have, however, so little sonic shut-off, valence trouble, and charge that clear sonic, just as it was heard in the first place, is available as the person travels on the time track, as well as <b>near present time</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The case may have, however, so little sonic shut-off, valence trouble and charge that clear sonic (just as it was heard in the first place) is available as the person travels on the time track, as well as <b>in near-present time</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-67</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-77</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | These are very easy to spot, however, since dub-in sonic usually is inane. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | These are very easy to spot, however, since dub-in sonic usually is inane <b>and does not make sense</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“inane” already means that it “does not make sense” according to the very definition of the word.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-67</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-77</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The dub-in sonic case, after it has been worked for a short time, can be expected to lose the <u>dub-in, once</u> the circuit causing it is contacted <b>or when the tone of the case rises</b>. A non-sonic case results.<br> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The dub-in sonic case, after it has been worked for a short time, can be expected to lose the <u>dub-in. Once</u> the circuit causing it is contacted, a non-sonic case results.<br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>In addition to a missing phrase, notice how a change in punctuation from a comma to a period results in a loss of meaning: a clear connection between losing a dub-in through contacting the circuit that is causing it is lost.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-79</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This has misled practitioners <b>and authorities</b> in the past <b>into believing</b> that sonic recall was only to be found in idiots and morons, an entire falsity based on limited observation. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This has misled practitioners <b>of the healing arts</b> in the past <b>to believe</b> that sonic recall was only to be found in idiots and morons— an entire falsity based on limited observation. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-69</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007</b><b>: B1-80</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The thinking on this subject in the past has been entirely too short. <b>The strange belief has been held in the past</b> that a great deal of aberration meant a great deal of thrust and drive and, therefore, that an individual who was neurotic could be expected to perform in the arts and in other directions m ore ably than a person who was sane. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The thinking on this subject in the past has been entirely too short. <b>The observation has been, in past schools,</b> that a great deal of aberration meant a great deal of thrust and drive and, therefore, that an individual who was neurotic could be expected to perform in the arts and in other directions more ably than a person who was sane. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Belief” and “observation” are totally different concepts!</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-71</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-82</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The running of future pleasure moments sometimes tunes up the perceptics. These are actually imaginary incidents, so far as can be told. The tone of the individual goes up when running moments of pleasure, and so when moments of pleasure in the future are imagined, the tone of any individual may be expected to rise. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The running of <i>future pleasure moments </i>sometimes tunes up the perceptics. These are actually imaginary incidents, so far as can be told. The tone of the individual goes up when running moments of pleasure and so<b> when moments of pleasure existing in the past are run or</b> when moments of pleasure in the future are imagined, the tone of any individual may be expected to rise. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Looks like someone was getting confused here – a portion of the sentence “The tone of the individual goes up when running moments of pleasure” already communicated the fact that one's tone goes up from running “moments of pleasure existing in the past.” It does not need to be repeated in another arbitrarily added portion of text in a sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER ELEVEN (COLUMN I – Visio) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-75</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-86</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Such people ordinarily “run” <b>(undergo processing)</b> in Dianetics quite noisily and are called screamers. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Such people ordinarily run in Dianetics quite noisily and are called “screamers.” | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Without clarifying definition in parenthesis, “run” could definitely be misunderstood in 2007 text.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-77</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-88</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In a case which has many valence shifters, affinity, reality and communication secondaries will bring about a chronic <b>exteriorized visio</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In a case which has many valence shifters, affinity, reality and communication secondaries will bring about a chronic <b>exteriorized visio case</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWELVE (COLUMN J – Somatics) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-79</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-91</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The word <i>somatic </i>means, actually, <i>bodily </i>or <i>physical. </i>Because the word <i>pain </i>is restimulative, and because the word pain has in the past led to a confusion between physical pain and mental pain, the word somatic is used in Dianetics to denote physical pain or discomfort of any kind. It can mean actual pain, such as that caused by a cut or a blow; or it can mean discomfort, as from heat or cold; it can mean itching— in short, anything physically uncomfortable. It does not include mental discomfort such as grief. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The word <i>somatic </i>means, actually, “bodily or physical.” Because the word <i>pain </i>is restimulative and because the word pain has in the past led to a confusion between physical pain and mental pain, the word <i>somatic </i>is used, in Dianetics, to denote physical pain or discomfort of any kind. It can mean actual pain such as that caused by a cut or a blow. Or it can mean discomfort as from heat or cold. It can mean itching. <u>In short, anything physically uncomfortable.</u> It does not include mental discomfort such as grief, <b>which would be mis-emotion</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [Grief is not always a mis-emotion. It is only a mis-emotion when it is not appropriate to the given circumstances. Also, notice how “correcting” punctuations went to the extent of resulting in INCORRECT GRAMMAR. “In short, anything physically uncomfortable.” is not a proper sentence since it does not contain a predicate which in itself must contain a verb – see any basic grammar materials for clarification.]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-83</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-95</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Around 1.1, the heavily occluded case will have no somatics available. The auditor must here work solely for the discharge of locks and secondaries before he can find somatics on the case. In the less occluded case, however, <b>some extremely light</b> somatics will be found available. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Around 1.1 the heavily occluded case will have no somatics available. The auditor must here work solely for the discharge of locks and secondaries before he can find somatics on the case. In the less occluded case, however, <b>some light</b> somatics will be found available. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The word “extremely” was eliminated.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-83</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-95</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should very thoroughly recognize somatics for what they are—the physical pain of past injuries. He should recognize, further, that it is the somatic, in the first place, which makes locks and secondaries possible. And he must further realize that somatics are buried beneath anaten and mis-emotion, when these are present. He must not believe, however, that just because somatics make locks and secondaries possible, his primary mission is to run somatics off the case, but where somatics are not easily available he must be very chary of trying to find them, and should devote himself to locks and secondaries rather than somatics. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should very thoroughly recognize, then, somatics for what they are: the physical pain of past injuries. He should recognize further that it is the somatic, in the first place, which makes locks and secondaries possible. And he must further realize that somatics are buried beneath anaten and mis-emotion, when these are present. He must not believe, however, that just because somatics make locks and secondaries possible, his primary mission is to run somatics off the case. <b>Of course, he is trying to get the physical pain engrams off the case. </b>But where somatics are not easily available, he must be very chary of trying to find them and should devote himself to locks and secondaries rather than somatics. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The added sentence definitely jumps out like something that just doesn't quite belong, and indeed it was not there in the original text.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER THIRTEEN (COLUMN K – Speech, Talks Speech, Listens) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FOURTEEN (COLUMN L – Subject’s Handling of Written or Spoken Communication when Acting as a Relay Point) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FIFTEEN (COLUMN M – Reality (Agreement)) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SIXTEEN (COLUMN N – Condition of Track and Valences) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-106</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-121</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Another difficulty on the track is the bouncer. The preclear may be in an engram and yet be bounced into present time. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Another difficulty on the time track is the <i>bouncer. </i><b>The bouncer always bounces the preclear up.</b> The preclear may be in an engram and yet be bounced into present time. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Who added this sentence?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-108</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-124</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By charge, of course, is meant anger, fear, grief, or apathy <b>contained as mis-emotion</b> in the case. This form of entheta (there is other entheta, in the form of communication and reality secondaries, as well as mis-emotion secondaries) charges up the track so much that <b>the action phrases act</b>. The charge must be very heavy on a case before engram action phrases— action phrases contained in engrams themselves— can be active. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By <i>charge, </i>of course, is meant anger, fear, grief or apathy <b>(mis-emotion) contained</b> in the case. This form of entheta (there is other entheta, in the form of communication and reality secondaries, as well as mis-emotion secondaries) charges up the track so much that <b>the action phrases become very active</b>. <b>It is charge which makes action phrases act. </b>The charge must be very heavy on a case before engram action phrases (action phrases contained in engrams themselves) can be active. <br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here again someone decided to add one's own “clarification” by essentially paraphrasing what was already said in the previous sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SEVENTEEN (COLUMN O – Manifestation of Engrams and Locks) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-110</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-125</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This does not mean that a <b>Zulu</b> who has been cleared of all of his engrams would not continue to eat missionaries if he were a cannibal by <u>education; but</u> it does mean that he would be as rational as possible about eating missionaries; further, it would be easier to re-educate him about eating missionaries if he were a clear. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This does not mean that a <b>primitive</b> who had been cleared of all of his engrams would not continue to eat missionaries if he were a cannibal by <u>education. But</u> it does mean that he would be as rational as possible about eating missionaries. Further, it would be easier to re-educate him about eating missionaries if he were a Clear. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-111</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-127</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Much more could be written about human behavior and about the engram as the cause of aberrated behaviour, but what the auditor wishes to know is how to audit his pre-clear and how to find his pre-clear on this chart so that he will know what type of entheta to address in the case, whether to run engrams, secondaries, or locks, and how to run them. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Much could be written about human behavior and about the engram as the cause of aberrated behavior, <b>but this is a book about auditing.</b> What the auditor wishes to know is how to audit his preclear and how to find his preclear on this chart so that he will know what type of entheta to address in the case, whether to run engrams, secondaries or locks, and how to run them. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Quite obviously, this book is not just about auditing. This additional phrase is completely inappropriate.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER EIGHTEEN (COLUMN P – Sexual Behaviour, Attitude Toward Children) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-114</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-132</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is considerable confusion in the American and European cultures about sex; since there was so much perversion and promiscuity and maltreatment of <b>children the erroneous</b> conclusion was reached that the remedy for this lay in further regulation; whereas, in reality, it was the regulation which caused the derangement of the dynamic. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is considerable confusion in the American and European cultures about sex, since there was so much perversion and promiscuity and maltreatment of<b> children that the</b><b>erroneous</b> conclusion was reached that the remedy for this lay in further regulation, whereas, in reality, it was the regulation which caused the derangement of the dynamic. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The insertion of “that” is completely inappropriate. Here again replacing semicolon with a comma resulted in comma splice grammatical error since the word “since” is not a coordinating conjunction.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-115)</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-132)</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It will be noted, in observing the behaviour of human beings, and on this chart of the tone scale, that promiscuity, perversion, sadism, and irregular practices fall far down the line. Free Love falls, also, in this very low band; since man is relatively monogamous and since it is non-survival not to have a well ordered system for the creation and upbringing of children, by families. A society which falls into this 1.1 band of the tone scale can be expected to abuse sex, to be promiscuous, to misuse and maltreat children, and to act, in short, much in the way current cultures are acting. It is of vital importance, if one wishes <b>to stop immorality, and the abuse of children</b>, to de-aberrate this dynamic for the whole group of the society, to say nothing of individuals. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It will be noted in observing the behavior of human beings and on this chart of the Tone Scale that promiscuity, perversion, sadism and irregular practices fall far down the line. Free Love falls also in this very low band, since Man is relatively monogamous and since it is non-survival not to have a well-ordered system for the creation and upbringing o f children by families. A society which falls into this 1.1 band of the Tone Scale can be expected to abuse sex, to be promiscuous, to misuse and maltreat children and to act, in short, much in the way current cultures are acting. It is of vital importance, if one wishes <b>to stop immorality, Free Love and the abuse of children</b>, to de-aberrate this dynamic for the whole group o f the society, to say nothing of individuals. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>To stop Free Love sounds quite nonsenical, and it was already included in the concept of immorality according to the logic in the paragraph.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-115</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-133</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 1.1 on the tone scale we enter the area of the most vicious reversal of the second dynamic. Here we have promiscuity, perversion, sadism, and irregular practices. We have no enjoyment of the sex act, but a hectic anxiety about it. The sex act cannot truly be enjoyed whether performed regularly or irregularly. Here is Free Love, easy marriage and quick divorce, and general sexual disaster. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 1.1 on the Tone Scale we enter the area of the most vicious reversal of the Second Dynamic. Here we have promiscuity, perversion, sadism and irregular practices. We have <b>here </b>no enjoyment of the sex act, <b>actually</b>, but a hectic anxiety about it. The sex act cannot truly be enjoyed whether performed regularly or irregularly. <b>Here is the harlot, the pervert, the unfaithful wife, </b>Free Love, easy marriage and quick divorce and general sexual disaster. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how an addition of degrading labels shifts the emphasis from aberrated conduct at this tone level (which can be remedied with processing) to a sort of hatred of the actual people that may reside in this band. This unwelcome addition is already present in 2001 edition on page 145.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER NINETEEN (COLUMN Q – Command Over Environment) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-123</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-141</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In today’s world, the next stop down the tone scale politically is the subversive, who belongs in the 1.1 to 1.3 bracket. Most theoretical subversion pretends to be very high on the tone scale, and so has had its appeal to the liberally inclined individual; but there is a wide gap between <b>theory and practice</b>, and the unthinking <b>person </b>confuses the theory with the practice. He finds himself keeping company with 1.1’s. Communication lines are cut; affinities are flagrantly used and perverted; reality is twisted; <b>the level of truth</b> as seen in <b>subversive propaganda</b>, compares with lowest gossip; and the treatment of human beings is without any regard to the respect an individual human being should have. <br><br> | ||
| + | Subversion receives its main support from such individuals as lie in the vicinity of 1.1, and the reason it gains so many volunteer agents in lands which it wishes to overrun lies in the desire of the 1.1 to have good cause and reason to flout flagrantly and place himself “above” existing morals and the laws of the land in which he operates. He gains through his warped philosophy a very fine excuse to believe himself above such things as law and decency, and it is very possibly this appeal alone which brings so many recruits to the ranks of<b> subversive organizations</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In today's world, the next stop down the Tone Scale, politically, is the subversive, who belongs in the 1.1 to 1.3 bracket. Most theoretical subversion pretends to be very high on the Tone Scale and so has had its appeal to the liberally inclined individual. But there is a wide gap between<b> theoretical and destructive liberalism</b>, and the unthinking <b>liberal</b> confuses the theory with the practice. He finds himself keeping company with 1.1s, <b>since an inspection of any brand of politics which oversweeps the world because of the general apathy of societies shows that it falls exactly into this position on the scale: </b>communication lines are cut; affinities are flagrantly used and perverted; reality is twisted; <b>the level of cabal</b>, as seen in <b>hate propaganda</b>, compares with lowest gossip; and the treatment of human beings is without any regard to the respect an individual human being should have. <b>Psychometry on subversives places them uniformly in this </b><b>1</b><b>.</b><b>1</b><b> bracket. They have no respect for the wit and sanity of anyone. They hold promiscuity as a high virtue. They have no belief in family. They are about as safe to have for friends as an adder—but probably this is unfair to the honest adder.</b><br><br> | ||
| + | Subversion receives its main support from such individuals as lie in the vicinity of 1.1. And the reason it gains so many volunteer agents in lands which it wishes to overrun, lies in the desire of the 1.1 to have “good cause” and “reason” to flaunt flagrantly and place himself “above” existing morals and the laws of the land in which he operates. He gains, through his warped philosophy, a very fine excuse to believe himself above such things as law and decency. And it is very possibly this appeal alone which brings so many recruits to <b>ruthless politics.</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [How is this for an example of a 1.1 (subversive) at work? Notice how a great amount of hatred was (covertly) interjected into this text with the sentence on “Psychometry” and the following hateful generalizations with “They” which is in itself a vivid example of an expressed anti-social characteristic fully described in the “Introduction to Scientology” book. These alterations can already be found in 2001 edition on pages 153 and 154.] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY (COLUMN R – Actual Worth To Society Compared To Apparent Worth) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-123</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-145</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When it becomes perverted, men of money begin to be damned by a society and are sought out as the scapegoats for all its ills; whereas a goodly number of them are the very pivots on which the society is turning. <b>Subversive political movements </b>appeal to the indigence and poverty which is the lot, unfortunately, of a majority of populaces in these days of poorly advanced culture by promising to murder every man of property once a land is taken. The whole cult of <b>anti-Capitalism</b> is something less than a sound philosophic postulate and rather more than a gross appeal to those who have no property and no hope of attaining any. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When it becomes perverted, men of money begin to be damned by a society and are sought out as the scapegoats for all its ills, whereas a goodly number of them are the very pivots on which the society is turning. <b>The subversive </b>appeals to the indigence and poverty which is the lot, unfortunately, of a majority of populaces (in these days of poorly advanced culture) by promising to murder every man of property once a land is taken. The whole cult of<b> anticapitalism</b> is something less than a sound philosophic postulate and rather more than a gross appeal to those who have no property and no hope of attaining any. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-126</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-145</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In this column on the chart, anyone, regardless of his potential value, below the line of 2.0 as evaluated by other columns, has a negative value to the society. Anyone above this line goes in a positive direction. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In this column on the chart, anyone (regardless of his potential value) below the line of 2.0, as evaluated by other columns, has a negative value to the society. Anyone above this line goes <b>from zero value upward</b> in a positive direction. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>It clearly stated in the previous sentence that it's from 2.0 not from “zero value.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE (COLUMN S – Ethic Level) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO (COLUMN T – The Handling of Truth) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-133</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-155</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The metaphysician was concerned with <b>absolute truth</b> and considered that it transcended the limits of human experience. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The metaphysician was concerned with <b>Absolute Truth</b> and considered that it transcended the limits of human experience. The social orders of his day must have been not much better than our own. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice a stark change in meaning of the phrase “absolute truth” when it is capitalized. There is no such thing as “Absolute Truth” that that can be uniquely identified – it is not a proper noun and therefore should not be capitalized.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-133</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-155</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Few mothers there are who do not have untruths and imaginative postulates thoroughly confused, thus suppressing the necessary imaginative instincts of the child and, in fact, <b>burdening the child </b>with a confusion about the truth itself. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Few mothers there are who do not have untruths and imaginative postulates thoroughly confused, thus suppressing the necessary imaginative instincts of the child and <b>giving the child</b>, in fact, a confusion about the truth itself. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-133</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-155</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is an ethic about the handling of truth. While it may be true that something is <b>undesirable</b> or that a person is bad, if it serves <b>no good purpose</b> to make the statement, the issuance of this “truth” is in reality the establishing of an entheta line. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is an ethic about the handling of truth. While it may be true that something is <b>destructive</b> or that a person is bad, if it serves <b>no purpose</b> to make the statement, the issuance of this “truth” is in reality the establishing of an entheta line. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-134</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-156</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In common human experience we all know something about the truth and we know that we cannot deal in a black and white breakdown between the truth and lies. Truth is concerned in the issuance and acceptance <b>of data about facts</b>. Some people favour <b>constructive</b><b>facts</b>; some favour facts which are not so <b>constructive</b>; some prefer to twist facts; some prefer to hide facts; and some prefer to he about facts. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In common human experience, we all know something about the truth and that we cannot deal in a black and white breakdown between the truth and lies. Truth is concerned in the issuance and acceptance <b>of facts</b>. Some people favor <b>truthful</b><b>facts</b>, some favor facts which are not so <b>truthful</b>, some prefer to twist facts, some prefer to hide facts and some prefer to lie about facts. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Also, note that the use of a semicolon is far more appropriate in this case since it requires a longer pause and is used with a list of related sentences where there is no coordinating conjunction expect at the very end (i.e. “and some prefer...”)</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-135</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-157</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor can locate his pre-clear on the tone scale simply by discovering the type of fact which the pre-clear likes best, or by discovering what the pre-clear does with facts. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor can <b>do psychometry on his preclear</b> and locate him on the Tone Scale simply by discovering the type of fact which the preclear likes best or by discovering what the preclear does with facts. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [Here is a serious alteration in applying data presented in this chapter – notice how suggesting an auditor performs psychometry is in conflict with the following portion of the sentence stating that the auditor can locate pre-clear on the tone scale “simply by discovering the type of fact which the preclear likes best.” This alteration is in 2001 altered edition as well on page 169.] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-135</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-157</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 3.0 we begin to get an onset of conservatism, a cautiousness about receiving or uttering truths, and<b> in our society </b>a short-sighted programme of social lying in order to “avoid hurting people’s feelings.” | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 3.0 we begin to get an onset of conservatism, a cautiousness about receiving or uttering truths, and a shortsighted program of social lying in order to “avoid hurting people’s feelings.” | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Ron Hubbard's emphasis on “our society” is quite correct since in many non-English speaking cultures there is no social practice of trying to “avoid hurting people's feelings.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-135</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-158</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 2.5 we have insincerity and carelessness of facts. The modern American newspaper exemplifies this level on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At 2.5 we have insincerity and carelessness of facts. The modern American newspaper exemplifies this level on the Tone Scale <b>(or perhaps, the various magazines which could be named)</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-137</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-159</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 0.5 may be given sympathy, but <b>not</b> believed. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 0.5 may be given sympathy, but <b>never</b> believed. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-137</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-159</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He is an <b>everthirsty</b> sponge for<u> sympathy, and he</u> is a chronic potential suicide. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He is an <b>unsaturable</b> sponge for <u>sympathy and he</u> is a chronic potential suicide. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Also notice where it should have been a comma, the comma was removed.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE (COLUMN U – Courage Level) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-140</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-163</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | So far as courage level is concerned in auditing, any auditor must have the courage to take anything from the pre-clear and run a pre-clear through anything without quailing. A coward has no business in the auditor’s chair, and if he is so placed, the pre-clear can expect to have his case ruined. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | So far as courage level is concerned in auditing, any auditor must have the courage to take anything from a preclear and to run a preclear through anything without quailing. <b>Courage has a great deal to do with auditing. </b>A coward has no business in the auditors chair and if he is so placed, his preclear can expect to have his case ruined. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Oh, thanks for the added clarification... as if it is already not clear what is talked about from the surrounding sentences.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-141</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-164</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Shock and courage level are <b>immediately</b> connected. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Shock and courage level are <b>intimately</b> connected. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Immediately” is a far more appropriate word to use in this situation. Please, see formal definitions: | ||
| + | <br>Immediate: http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/immediate | ||
| + | <br>Intimate: http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/intimate</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR (COLUMN V – Ability To Handle Responsibility) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-145</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-168</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At tone 2.5, the individual is very careless and not trustworthy, although one may find that the individual <b>takes</b> good care of himself so far as his dress <b>is</b> concerned. He falls markedly short in his concept of what is required of him in order to maintain a high survival level. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At Tone 2.5 the individual is very careless and not trustworthy, although one might find that the individual <b>took</b> good care of himself so far as his dress <b>was</b> concerned. He falls markedly short in his concept of what is required of him in order to maintain a high survival level. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how changing verbs into past tense now doesn't agree with the present tense in the following sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE (COLUMN W – Persistence On A Given Course) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-148</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-171</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The individual who has sufficient theta endowment and sufficient structural ability to keep his free theta and his enturbulated theta relatively separate may have a good persistence level even when the factors and conditions in his environment are such that they continually hammer him away from his given course of action. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The individual who has sufficient theta endowment and sufficient structural ability to keep his free theta and his enturbulated theta relatively separate may <b>(but not always) </b>have a good persistence level even when the factors and conditions in his environment are such that they continually hammer him away from his given course of action. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-148</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-172</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The potential psychotic, on the other hand, is not very apt to have a goal in the first place but is apt to follow any <b>course</b> which comes into view, and then only so long as no environmental factor enters to make him deviate from that course. <br> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The potential psychotic, on the other hand, is not very apt to have a goal in the first place, but is apt to follow any <b>goal</b> which comes into view and then only so long as no environmental factor enters to make him deviate from that course. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Now, it was already stated that a potential psychotic “is not very apt to have a goal” so to then state that he “is apt to follow any goal” is quite confusing to say the least.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-149</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-172</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The individual may begin with a <b>highly</b> enthusiastic thrust and may through experience become less <b>active</b> and open about his creative and constructive efforts and may assume conservatism and caution. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The individual may begin with a <b>high</b> enthusiastic thrust and may, through experience, become less <b>blunt</b> and open about his creative and constructive efforts and may assume conservatism and caution. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-149</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-173</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a man has been defeated too often, <b>and</b> too many of his dreams have been broken, he sinks into the apathy band and thereafter no longer struggles toward his goal. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a man has been defeated too often, <b>when</b> too many of his dreams have been broken, he sinks into the apathy band and thereafter no longer struggles toward his goal. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-150</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-173</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It is an observed fact that an individual’s attitude toward Dianetics and an individual’s attitude toward life in general are parallel. When the auditor takes a pre-clear who is at the apathy<u> level, all too</u> common in this present social order, he can expect the pre-clear to depend exclusively on the auditor for any persistence as to the processing of the case. <b>The auditor must take</b> the responsibility of doing the processing. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It is an observed fact that an individual’s attitude toward Dianetics and an individual’s attitude toward life in general are parallel. <b>The better Dianetic processing can approximate the mechanics of the mind, the better that processing is: this is another parallel.</b><br><br> | ||
| + | When the auditor takes a preclear who is in the apathy <u>level all too</u> common in this present social order, he can expect the preclear to depend exclusively on the auditor for any persistence as to the processing of the case. <b>The auditor, incidentally, must take</b> the responsibility of doing the processing. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Also, notice how a very much needed comma was dropped reducing clarity of the sentence. And an auditor taking responsibility for processing is not an “incidental” factor – it is at the foundation of the entire practice!</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX (COLUMN X – Literalness With Which Statements Or Remarks Are Received) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-153</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-177</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>Rationalization</b> is, in essence, <u>differentiation; reacting</u> is, in essence, identification. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>Rationalizing</b> is, in essence, <u>differentiation. Reacting</u> is, in essence, identification. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how replacing the semicolon with a period introduces a very unpleasant interruption in a continuous flow of the communicated concept.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN (COLUMN Y – Method Used By Subject To Handle Others) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-155</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-181 </b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The methods of handling others could be assigned to three general categories. The highest category would be one of enhancement, where the individual seeks by example and good reasoning to lift the level of those around him to the point where they will partake of the projects of living with him. This would extend from 4.0 down to 3.0. The second category would be that of <b>punishment drive, or domination</b>. Here the individual uses alarm, threats, and the general promise of pain unless compliance is given by the others around him. This area extends from 2.0 to around 1.3. The third category is that of nullification, wherein the individual seeks to minimize individuals, to be more than they and so to be able to control them. This category would rather see a man sick than well, because sick men are less dangerous than well men according to the "thinking” that takes place in this band. <br><br> | ||
| + | The unfortunate part of the conduct of the lower levels of the tone scale toward others is that it has as its invariable end the lowering of the tone of the family, associates, friends, and society of the subject. Yet the subject by no reason or education below the point of 2.0 could use any other <u>means. Forcing</u> the subject to use other means only drives him down the tone scale, and as he descends he uses the means of the <b>lower levels to which he sinks</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The methods of handling others could be assigned to three general categories. The highest category would be one of <i>enhancement,</i> where the individual seeks by example and good reasoning to lift the level of those around him to the point where they will partake of the projects of living with him. This would extend from 4.0 down to 3.0. <br><br> | ||
| + | The second category would be that of <i><b>punishment drive</b></i><i>.</i><b></b>Here the individual uses alarm, threats and the general promise of pain unless compliance is given by the others around him. This area extends from 2.0 to around 1.3. <br><br> | ||
| + | The third category is that of <i>nullification,</i> wherein the individual seeks to minimize individuals to be more than they and so to be able to control them. This category would rather see a man sick than well, because sick men are less dangerous than well men according to the “thinking” that takes place in this band. <br><br><b>Three other names for these areas would be <i>enhancement, domination</i> and <i>nullification.</i></b><br><br> | ||
| + | The unfortunate part of the conduct of the lower levels of the Tone Scale toward others is that it has as its invariable end the lowering of the tone of the family, associates, friends and society of the subject. Yet the subject by no reason or education (below the point 2.0) could use any other <u>means, forcing</u> the subject to use other means only drives him down the Tone Scale. And as he descends, he uses the means of the <b>lower levels he attains</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [Notice how the added sentence introduces some confusion since it gives not “other” but the same names that were already mentioned, except for “domination” since that word was dropped where “punishment drive” was first brought up in 2007 text. Also, notice how replacing period with a comma in “...means. Forcing...” results in an improper grammatical structure and could in itself result in a sense of a “crushing MU.” And, obviously, one does not “attain” lower levels – he “sinks” there.] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-156</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-183</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 3.5 in the vicinity of a 1.1 may find himself descending down the tone scale toward anger without any apparent reason. The 1.1’s efforts to nullify are so well veiled and so carefully calculated to annoy that <b>no target is available to the reason of the 3.5</b>. As reason fails, the 3.5, continually subjected to nullification which he cannot locate, will eventually become angry. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 3.5 in the vicinity of a 1.1 may find himself descending down the Tone Scale toward anger without any apparent reason. The 1.1's efforts to nullify are so well veiled and so carefully calculated to annoy that <b>any target for correction or reason by the 3.5 is unavailable</b>. And as reason fails, the 3.5, continually subjected to nullification which he cannot locate, will eventually become angry. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>And one wonders why there have been so many reports of aggression at the Church of Scientology. Look at who's in charge of it!</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-160</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-</b><b>186</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At this level we have murder, by slow erosion, of individuals and the culture, <b>each harmful action </b>being masked with voluminous “reasoning.” | ||
| + | | valign="top" | At this level we have murder, by slow erosion of individuals and the culture, <b>and the actions </b>are masked with voluminous “reasoning.” | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>David Miscavige is a prime example of this – providing “voluminous reasoning” for his covert destruction of L. Ron Hubbard's works.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-161</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-188</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Hypnotism is used in some base religions, and is commonly employed i<b>n obsolete mental “therapies,”</b> which should make plain the level of <b>those</b> on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Hypnotism is used in some base religions and is commonly employed <b>by old schools of mental healing</b>, which should make plain the level of <b>these cults</b> on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-162</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-189</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | These institutions often use sedatives, and yet one of the worst things that an individual who is in a disturbed state can be given is a sedative; it makes him quieter and less dangerous but <b>it also makes him less able</b>. | ||
| + | | These institutions often use sedatives and yet one of the worst things that an individual who is in a disturbed state can be given is a sedative. It makes him quieter and less dangerous, but <b>it does not make him more able</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-163</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-189</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | From 1.3 down to 0.6 we have the general area of the subversive, who promises a people freedom and equality and gives them a slaughter of their best minds and cultural institutions, to the end of a totalitarian dominance. <b>Because subversion</b> exists in this tone band, the subversive leader can use as his personnel only people in this tone band; if this tone band were to be removed from a society he would have no recruits | ||
| + | | valign="top" | From 1.3 down to 0.6 we have the general area of the subversive, who promises a people freedom and equality and gives them a slaughter of their best minds and cultural institutions, to the end of a totalitarian dominance. <b>Because it</b> exists in this tone band, the subversive leader can use as his personnel only people in this tone band. If this tone band were to be removed from a society, he would have no recruits. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Having replaced “subversion” with “it” can make the reader conclude that “it” refers to “totalitarian dominance” just mentioned as opposed to “subversion.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-164</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-190</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thus, immediately after a complete totalitarian conquest of a country we invariably witness an extensive slaughter of individuals. One can select with ease the individuals marked for liquidation in the <b>consolidation</b> of the conquest. The selection is not made according to the position the individual occupies but by his individualism, his strength, and his reasonableness, or by his continuing revolutionary desire not to conform to set and regimented patterns. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thus, immediately after a complete totalitarian conquest of a country, we invariably witness an extensive slaughter of individuals. One can select with ease the individuals marked for liquidation in the <b>solidation</b> of conquest. The selection is not made according to the position the individual occupies, but by his individualism, his strength and his reasonableness, or by his continuing revolutionary desire not to conform to set and regimented patterns. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Solidation” is not even a valid word.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-164</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-190</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 1.1 may take a 1.1 as a bedfellow and political mate and <b>may form a 1.1 group</b>, but this group has to continue to be faced by a strong and dangerous foe to remain consolidated. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 1.1 may take a 1.1 as a bedfellow and political mate and <b>may take a 1.1 group</b>, but this group has to continue to be faced by a strong and dangerous foe to remain consolidated. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-165</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-192</b><b></b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>The 1</b><b>.1 will twist </b><b>past experiences in the telling, reporting cruelty where there was only abruptness. </b>The apathy case will declare all past kindnesses to have been the most sadistic cruelties and the cruelties to have been kindnesses. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>If the 1.1 is considered to have manifestations of one kind and motives and actions of an entirely different kind, then the apathy case is a direct reversal. </b>The apathy case will declare all past kindnesses to have been the most sadistic cruelties and the cruelties to have been kindnesses. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here a sentence was changed entirely – obviously, the individual who was “correcting” this book did not want other people to be as clear on the nature of persons at this tone level.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-166</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-192</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The apathy case talks about death, threatens personal death, and will actually attempt suicide. There is not enough courage on this level usually <b>to attempt openly</b> the death of others, but by enturbulation the apathy case can effect this and will do so if not understood. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The apathy case talks about death, threatens personal death and will actually attempt suicide. There is not enough courage on this level <b>to forthrightly attempt</b> the death of others, but by enturbulation the apathy case can effect this and will do so if not understood. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-167</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-193</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Auditors, and indeed a society, not understanding the true motives of apathy are placed in considerable peril since a natural <b>desire</b> exists in the higher levels of the tone scale to aid and support one’s fellows. The apathy case is actually perverting and destroying this <b>desire</b> by inviting it toward unworthy causes. | ||
| + | | Auditors and, indeed, a society not understanding the true motives of apathy are placed in considerable peril, since a natural <b>mechanism</b> exists in the higher levels of the Tone Scale to aid and support one’s fellows. The apathy case is actually perverting and destroying this <b>mechanism</b> by inviting it toward unworthy causes. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-167</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-194</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | As courage is absent, the apathy case will dodge any incident which contains real <b>force</b>, just as the apathy case will dodge any factor in the environment which contains real help or aid and will go inevitably toward environmental factors which are destructive. | ||
| + | | As courage is absent, the apathy case will dodge any incident which contains real <b>impact</b>, just as the apathy case will dodge any factor in the environment which contains real help or aid and will go inevitably toward environmental factors which are destructive. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-167</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-195</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | And because a <b>narrative</b> can be given forth by the apathy case wild and alarming enough to justify his condition, one is often tempted to accept this propitiation as actual affinity, when actually it is an invitation to be killed. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | And because <b>justification</b> can be given forth by the apathy case, wild and alarming enough to justify his condition, one is often tempted to accept this propitiation as actual affinity when, actually, it is an invitation to be killed. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-169</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-196</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | One should be extremely chary of using <b>any authoritarian </b><b>or violent means</b> on cases from 2.0 down, since such cases are very easily driven into the apathy level. | ||
| + | | One should be extremely chary of using<b> authoritarian auditing, any violent means or hypnotism</b> on cases from 2.0 down, since such cases are very easily driven into the apathy level. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-170</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-197</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | This is the reason why there are so many suicides pursuant to the practice of hypnotism and other <b>crude techniques</b>. | ||
| + | | This is the reason why there are so many suicides pursuant to the practice of hypnotism and <b>old-school techniques</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-170</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-197</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should be warned not to employ any authoritarian methods in processing. We in Dianetics are only interested in raising people on the tone scale. The auditor should be careful not to enturbulate persons below the 2.0 line any further than they already are, but should be as non-directive as possible. For, if the auditor permits his pre-clear to drop into apathy he has on his hands a much more difficult and much longer case than a 1.1 or a forthrightly howlingly angry 1.5. <br> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should be warned not to employ any authoritarian methods in processing. We in Dianetics are only interested in raising people on the Tone Scale<b> and are not at all concerned with psychosis, neurosis or psychosomatic illnesses</b>. The auditor should be careful not to enturbulate persons below the 2.0 line any further than they already are, but should be as non-directive <b>in approach</b> as possible <b>to produce results</b>. For if the auditor permits his preclear to drop into apathy, he has on his hands a much more difficult and a much longer case than a 1.1 or a forthrightly howlingly angry 1.5. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-172</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-199</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The pretended death case has come to a point where he considers die environment so fraught with menace that nothing in the environment has any intent save to kill him and that death is <b>immediate</b>. | ||
| + | | The pretended death case has come to a point where he considers the environment so fraught with menace that nothing in the environment has any intent save to kill him and that death is <b>imminent</b>. <br> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-172</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-199</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The pretended death case has abandoned even trying to find any one menace and considers everything a menace. This state has the peculiarity of being unfixed. Possibly the most signal effect to rouse this case can be made by concentrating the attention of the individual upon a single and definite threat of death. Indeed, observing an honest and active source of death <b>raises</b> the necessity level and brings anyone up the tone scale at least for a brief time. | ||
| + | | The pretended death case has abandoned even trying to find any one menace and considers everything a menace. This state has the peculiarity of being unfixed. Possibly the most signal effect to rouse this case can be made by concentrating the attention of the individual upon a single and definite threat of death. Indeed, observing an honest and active source of death, <b>by raising</b> the necessity level, brings anyone up the Tone Scale at least for a brief time. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-173</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-200</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But the purposes are crossed, since individuals from 2.0 up do not <b>wish</b> to be made to succumb and will combat any effort in that direction. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But the purposes are crossed, since individuals from 2.0 up do not <b>want</b> to be made to succumb and will combat any effort in that direction. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-174</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-200</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | It is worthy of note that the environment of the individual <b>has</b> its own position on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | It is worthy of note that the environment of the individual <b>may have</b> its own position on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-174</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-201</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The environment impacting upon the individual thus alters free theta “permanently” into frozen <u>entheta, but</u> this is a gradual process, cumulative and deadly though it may be. | ||
| + | | The environment impacting upon the individual thus alters “permanently” <b>(except for Dianetic processing)</b> free theta into frozen <u>entheta. But</u> this is a gradual process, cumulative and deadly though it may be. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-</b><b>175</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-202</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If the quantity of free theta remaining to him is great he will rather rapidly unenturbulate and regain his <b>high</b> position on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If the quantity of free theta remaining to him is great, he will rather rapidly unenturbulate and regain his <b>higher</b> position on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-176</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-203</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | We are interested in Dianetics in what has been done to an individual, not what the individual has done. This is not an effort to escape or alter moral standards but is simply a statement of <u>fact; the</u> auditor who becomes interested in his pre-clear’s motives <b>and makes evaluations </b>of his pre-clear’s reasoning is not only wasting his time but is trying to perform authoritarian therapy. | ||
| + | | We are interested, in Dianetics, in what has been done to an individual, not what the individual has done. This is not an effort to escape or alter moral standards, but is simply a statement of <u>fact. The</u> auditor who becomes interested in his preclear’s motives <b>and evaluations</b> of his preclear’s reasoning is not only wasting his time, but is trying to perform authoritarian therapy. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-176</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-205</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By treating childhood alone, out of the mistaken reasoning that it was a highly aberrative period (an aberration which was planted by amateur philosophers and <b>therapists</b> half a century ago), one sends the pre-clear against the occluding force of the late locks and secondaries without giving him a chance to reduce them. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By treating childhood alone, out of the mistaken reasoning that it was a highly aberrative period (an aberration which was planted by amateur philosophers and <b>schools of mental healing</b> half a century ago), one sends the preclear against the occluding force of the late locks and secondaries without giving him a chance to reduce them. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-178</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-205</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is along the educational line and is best cleared up by picking up the instruction closest to present time and lock-scanning it thoroughly, then picking up an earlier period of instruction such as college, then picking up an earlier one such as high school, then an earlier one such as grammar school, and finally parental training. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is along the educational line and is best cleared up by picking up the instruction closest to present time and Lock Scanning it thoroughly, then picking up an earlier period of instruction such as college, then picking up an earlier one such as high school, then an earlier one such as grammar school and, finally, parental training <b>as being the same general type of lock chain</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-179</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-206</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | <b>It is a question whether</b> any pre-clear exists in the civilized world today who has been educated by a system above 2.0 on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | <b>It is highly doubtful that </b>any preclear exists in the civilized world today who has been educated by a system above 2.0 on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-179</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-207</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Association with persons low on the tone scale is always depressing, and a long and continuous association creates <b>many severe locks</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Association with persons low on the Tone Scale is always depressing and a long and continuous association creates <b>many and severe locks</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" <br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B1-179</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B1-207</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor would do well to examine his own general method of handling people with a highly critical eye and adjudicate for himself where his auditing is likely to lie on the <u>tone scale, and</u> by the educational process of knowing the consequences and <b>knowing how to get results</b>, simply raise his necessity level up to a point where he achieves a more desirable attitude, if he thinks one is necessary. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor would do well to examine his own general method of handling people, with a highly critical eye, and adjudicate for himself where his auditing is therefore likely to lie on the <u>Tone Scale. And</u> by the educational process of knowing the consequences and <b>know-how to get results</b>, simply raise his necessity level up to a point where he achieves a more desirable attitude if he thinks one is necessary. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B1-180</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B1-207</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>Two persons can co-audit each other</b>, step by step up the <u>tone scale, but unless</u> a parity is maintained, one of them will suffer, and a good release or a clear will be impossible to attain— which is thought to be the difficulty so far experienced in Dianetics, where the making of clears is concerned. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>As an emergency measure, where none other is available, two persons can co-audit each other</b> step by step up the <u>Tone Scale. But unless</u> a parity is maintained, one of them will suffer and a good Release or a Clear will be impossible to attain—-which is thought to be the difficulty so far experienced in Dianetics, where the making of Clears is concerned. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT (COLUMN Z – Command Value of Action Phrases) == | ||
| + | NONE PRESENTED<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | = BOOK TWO = | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER ONE (The Basic Principles of Processing) == | ||
| + | |||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-5</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-218</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | An interesting series of experiments recently done by the Foundation seems to bear out the theory that heightened <b>reason-ability</b> is contained in theta which has been newly recovered from an enturbulence with MEST. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | An interesting series of experiments recently done by the Foundation seems to bear out the theory that heightened <b>reasonability</b> is contained in theta which has been newly recovered from an enturbulence with MEST. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-8</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-221</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Shifting the pre-clear to an unrestimulative environment permits him to “settle out,” which is to say, permits <b>the temporarily enturbulated theta to disenturbulate and the “frozen” entheta to convert, in some minute quantity, to free theta</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Shifting the preclear to an unrestimulative environment permits him to “settle out,” which is to say, <b>permits entheta to settle down in his reactive mind and convert, in some small portion, to free theta</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-9</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-223</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Education might be said to be the process by which the individual is given the accumulated data of a long span of culture. It can, no less validly than personal experience, solve many of his problems. Free theta, confronted by too many problems, can, just by this, become <b>enturbulated</b>. Good education can in this way convert some of the entheta of an individual into theta, with a consequent rise on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Education might be said to be the process by which the individual is given the accumulated data of a long span of culture. It can, no less validly than personal experience, solve many of his problems. And so free theta, confronted by too many problems, can just by this become <b>unenturbulated</b>. Good education can in this way convert some of the entheta of an individual into theta, with a consequent rise on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWO (The Auditor’s Code) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-18</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-233</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | To produce these effects the auditor <b>must embrace</b> the auditor’s code and keep these principles as sacred as if they were the vows of priesthood. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | To produce these effects, the auditor <b>must permit himself to be embraced by</b> the Auditor’s Code and to keep these principles as sacred as if they were the vows of priesthood: | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Being “embraced by the Auditor’s Code” sounds quite convoluted to say the least.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER THREE (The Mechanics of Aberration) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-21</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-237</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A description of pure theta acting in a harmonious control of MEST is to be found along the 4.0 band of the chart. Here we see theta with an affinity very high in all spheres of attraction, capable of high communication both <u>perceptically</u> and with ideas, and with a high sense and appreciation of reality. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A description of pure theta acting in a harmonious control of MEST is to be found along the 4.0 band of the chart. Here we see theta <b>as reasonable, persistent, responsible,</b> with an affinity very high in all spheres of attraction, capable of high communication both <u>“perceptically”</u> and with ideas, and with a high sense and appreciation of reality. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Word “perceptically” should not have been placed in quotations since the word is used in its literal meaning.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-18</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-238</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | MEST, which is to say the physical universe of matter, energy, space and time, is perceived by the theta of the organism <b>through</b> the various perceptions of sight, sound, motion, organic state, and so forth. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | MEST (which is to say, the physical universe of matter, energy, space and time) is perceived by the theta of the organism <b>by</b> the various perceptions of sight, sound, motion, organic sensation and so forth. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Perceived THROUGH is correct as action is not performed by perceptions themselves, it is performed by theta through the various perceptions.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-29</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-246</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The first time an engram is restimulated (and one may lie dormant for forty years without being restimulated) is called a key-in. A key-in is merely a special kind of lock, <b>the first lock on a particular engram</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The first time an engram is restimulated (and one may lie dormant for forty years without being restimulated) is called a key-in. A key-in is merely a special kind of lock. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-29</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-246</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The secondary engram is enormously important. It is run exactly like a physical pain engram. The secondary stores such large quantities of entheta that remarkable results are often obtained by running one simple secondary engram. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The secondary engram is enormously important. It is run exactly like a physical pain engram. <b>If one could remove all the secondary engrams from a case without touching physical pain engrams, he would have a Release.</b> The secondary stores such large quantities of entheta that remarkable results are often obtained by running one simple secondary engram. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FOUR (The Dynamics of Existence) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-34</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-253</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | An act or conclusion is wrong to the degree that it is nonsurvival to the individual, future race, group, species, or life responsible for doing the act or making the conclusion. The most wrong a person can be <b>on the first dynamic</b> is dead. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | An act or conclusion is wrong to the degree that it is non-survival to the individual, future race, group, species or life responsible for doing the act or making the conclusion. The most wrong a person can be is dead. | ||
| + | |||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FIVE (General Description of Processing) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-37</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-256</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor tests out the perceptics of the pre-clear by simply asking the pre-clear to go back to a recent meal he has eaten or a recent pleasure moment and having him recount this moment over several times, not as a concept of the moment, but as if he were right on the scene <b>doing again the things which he did before</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor tests out the perceptics of the preclear by simply asking the preclear to go back to a recent meal he has eaten or a recent pleasure moment and having him recount this moment over <br> | ||
| + | several times, not as a concept of the moment, but as if he were right on the scene <b>doing the things again which were done before</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-40</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-259</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The wide-open case low on the tone scale has no <b>feelings</b> of responsibility toward self, future, or group, save aberrated ones. Persistence is so slight that any auditing errors can cause the case to withdraw from <b>processing</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The wide-open case low on the Tone Scale has no <b>feeling</b> of responsibility toward self, future or group, save aberrated ones. Persistence is so slight that any auditing errors can cause the case to withdraw from <b>any</b><b>processing</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Ron Hubbard did not write "ANY processing" here.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-40</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-260</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The male wide-open case is no less difficult and trying. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The male wide-open case is no less difficult and trying, <b>but (strangely enough) seems by observation to be far more persistent, either toward destruction or in efforts toward survival, than the female case.</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Where did this additional data come from?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-41</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-260</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor will have his problems with pre-clears who want attention but not processing. These pre-clears are automatically <b>classified as below 2.0</b>. This is the quickest chart location which can be done. The pre-clear who wants no kind of processing whatsoever, even though he understands some of the principles involved and knows they will not be harmful, and the pre-clear who wants no processing but to be hovered over are both headed toward succumb and will do their best to pull the auditor with them. <b>The auditor should employ his ingenuity</b>, if he will continue processing them. He should use very light methods and a catfoot approach, and he may be able to raise his pre-clear enough above 2.0 to cause a continuing direction toward survival. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor will have his problems with preclears who want attention but not processing. These preclears are automatically <b>classifiable as below 2.0</b>. This is the quickest chart location which can be done. The preclear who wants no kind of processing whatsoever (even though he understands some of the principles involved and knows they will not be harmful) and the preclear who wants no processing but to be hovered over are both headed toward succumb and will do their best to pull the auditor with them. <b>As a “shooting and quick burial” for such people is frowned upon, at least at this time, the auditor should employ his ingenuity</b> if he will continue processing them. He should use very light methods and a catfoot approach and he may be able to raise his preclear enough above 2.0 to cause a continuing direction toward survival. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Where did “shooting and quick burial” phrase come from? Ron Hubbard did not write this, and this does not present him in a very favorable light to say the least. How does it even relate to the discussion of PROCESSING someone below 2.0?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-41</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-260</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It should be borne in mind by the auditor when he is doing his inventory and when he is locating his pre-clear on the chart that people below 2.0 may not be immediately obvious. Their acceptance of processing may be only a method of securing attention. <b>In some cases, the pre-clear’s entire educational background may have to be lock scanned before the pre-clear can feel any genuine desire for improvement. Entheta ideas picked up in high school, college, the army or a political movement may sit squarely in the way of any rise on the tone scale.</b> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It should be borne in mind by the auditor, when he is doing his inventory and when he is locating his preclear on the chart, that people below 2.o may not be immediately obvious. Their acceptance of processing may be only a method of securing attention. <b>However, the auditor by using light, routine methods can produce the necessary rise on the Tone Scale to get the case to resolve itself.</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>In this instance whole two sentences were replaced with an entirely different one.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-44</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-264</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should never confuse his role with psychotherapy or with medicine. The medical doctor is important in the society. Bacteria are bacteria. Bruises, contusions, broken bones, and obstetrics will be with us for a long while. The auditor, because he can sweep aside with ease most of the manifestations which were formerly called psychosomatic illnesses, should not discount the reality of many kinds of physical disorders. The auditor is trying to bring the individual up the tone scale. Incidentally, this by-passes the individual around the majority of physical troubles and complexes and obsessions, but it does not obviate the occasional necessity of medical treatment for the pre-clear, and it <b>unfortunately</b> does not obviate the institutionalization of the obviously insane, no matter what Dianetics can do for these people. The auditor, then, should work in <b>close union</b> with medical doctors, helping them to understand what he is doing and helping them to understand Dianetics, and trying to educate medical doctors into planting fewer and lighter engrams. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should never confuse his role with psychotherapy or with medicine. The medical doctor is important in the society. Bacteria are bacteria. Bruises, contusions, broken bones and obstetrics will be with us for a long while. The auditor, because he can sweep aside with ease most of the manifestations which were formerly called psychosomatic illnesses, should not discount the reality of many kinds of physical disorders. The auditor is trying to bring the individual up the Tone Scale. Incidentally, this bypasses the individual around the majority of physical troubles and complexes and obsessions, but it does not obviate the occasional necessity of medical treatment for the preclear. And it <b>certainly</b> does not obviate the institutionalization of the obviously insane, no matter what Dianetics can do for these people. The auditor, then, should work in <b>close unison</b> with medical doctors, helping them to understand what he is doing and helping them to understand Dianetics and trying to educate medical doctors into planting fewer and lighter engrams. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-45</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-265</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>In days past</b>, antiquated therapies occasionally triggered a manic engram. Not knowing about the cause of human aberration, <b>the therapists</b> were content to assume that this sudden elation of the patient was indicative of an advance. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>In olden times</b>, antiquated therapies occasionally triggered a manic engram. Not knowing about the cause of human aberration, <b>they</b> were content to assume that this sudden elation of the patient was indicative of an advance. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here, a noun “therapists” was replaced with a pronoun “they,” but since “therapists” was not mentioned in any immediate earlier text, “they” would be connected to “antiquated therapies” instead.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-46</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-266</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor will behold in the progress of any case, while it is returned on the time track, some alarming manifestations. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor will behold in the progress of any case, <b>certainly</b> while it is returned on the time track, some alarming manifestations. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The inserted word “certainly” is completely out of place in this sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-46</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-266</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | None of these manifestations should worry the auditor. The only way the auditor can harm the pre-clear is to refrain from <b>running out</b> what has been contacted. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | None of these manifestations should worry the auditor. The only way the auditor can harm the preclear is to refrain from <b>running off</b> what has been contacted. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-47</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-266</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | He has complete confidence in his <b>techniques</b> and in his own ability. | ||
| + | | He has complete confidence in his <b>tools</b> and in his own ability. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SIX (COLUMN AB – Present Time) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-52</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-273</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It also happens occasionally that a pre-clear not too heavily charged <b>with entheta</b> will be stuck in an engram exactly on the point of the only sonic he will get on the track and the only visio he will get on the track. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It also occasionally happens that a preclear, not too heavily charged <b>by entheta</b>, will be stuck in an engram exactly on the point of the only sonic he will get on the track and the only visio he will get on the track. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-53</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-274</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | And then there are those people, not too lovely to look at, who are arrested in the prenatal period. They bear some slight hint of the period of life at which they are <b>held</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | And then there are those people, not too lovely to look at, who are arrested in the prenatal period. They bear some slight hint of the period of life at which they are <b>arrested</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-53</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-275</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is no argument concerning the existence of prenatals. They have been known for the past thirty years, have been adequately proven by experiment at Rutgers University. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is no argument concerning the existence of prenatals. They have been known for the past thirty years and have been adequately proven by experiments at Rutgers University <b>and are so common in Dianetics that one considers the practitioner who questions them rather poorly read on his own literature</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-57</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-279</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This indicates a rather heavily charged case, and it is the charge itself which should be addressed, which is to say simply converting entheta to theta <b>rather than attacking</b> the specific engram which is doing the calling back. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This indicates a rather heavily charged case and it is the charge itself which should be addressed, which is to say, simply converting entheta to theta, <b>rather than</b> the specific engram which is doing the calling back. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Word “attacking” was dropped leaving a “hole” in the sentence.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-57</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-279</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>One could not</b> actually be stuck in present time but is stuck somewhere on the track in an incident which carries with it the illusion that it is present time. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>No one could</b> actually be stuck in present time, but is stuck somewhere on the track in an incident which carries with it the illusion that it is present time. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-58</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-280</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Getting the pre-clear to <u>recall by straight memory</u> the incident where he is stuck on the track is sometimes sufficient to get him to return to present time. One case was under processing many months, for an hour or two a week, by a very poor auditor. This case was hung up in a serious operation at the age of thirty-one. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Getting the preclear to <u>recall, by Straight Memory,</u> the incident where he is stuck on the track is sometimes sufficient to get him to return to present time. <b>However, any preclear who is out of present time and who has to be coaxed into a memory of where he is stuck on the track is usually a rather highly charged case and the auditor should generally concern himself with the conversion of entheta to theta, rather than the location of the actual incident.</b> One case was under processing, by a rather poor auditor, for many months, for an hour or two a week. This case was hung up in a serious operation at the age of thirty-one. <br> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Recall by straight memory” is a continuous phrase that did not need to be interrupted by commas. The added sentence may be an incorrect advice. Who added all these new sentences into the book?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SEVEN (COLUMN AC – Straight Memory) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-64</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-287</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The pre-clear using straight memory very thoroughly <b>associates the past event with the present-time environment, and he evaluates the past event in terms of the present-time environment</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The preclear, using Straight Memory, <b>very thoroughly associates the past event in terms of the present time environment</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-64</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-287</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Straight memory was developed in Dianetics on the basis that if one knew the fundamental mechanical cause of insanity one should be able to do better <b>than</b><b>was done in psycho-analysis</b>, since it is known that “free-association” produces some minor alleviation of tension and anxiety. The mechanisms of why this came about were thus explored. I t was found that the heightened reality of straight memory and the knowledge o f why locks, the usual target o f straight memory, were aberrative combined to make an orderly fast type o f processing, valid in the ratio of several hundred to one over <b>older methods</b>. | ||
| + | | Straight Memory was developed in Dianetics on the basis that if one knew the fundamental mechanical cause of insanity, one should be able to do better <b>than the various older therapies</b>— since it is known that “free association” produces some minor alleviation of tension and anxiety. The mechanisms of why this came about were thus explored. It was found that the heightened reality of Straight Memory and the knowledge of why locks (the usual target of Straight Memory) were aberrative combined to make an orderly and fast type of processing, valid in the ratio of several hundred to one over <b>old therapies</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-66</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-287</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Because so many people in <b>our society</b> seek to profit by the failure of others to remember, memory is a generally reduced quantity in the current culture. | ||
| + | | Because so many people in <b>the society</b> seek to profit by the failure of others to remember, memory is a generally reduced quantity in the current culture. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-66</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-291</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The release through recall of any incident which is forgotten or hidden and which contains considerable turbulence will produce a tone rise in the individual. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The release through recall of any incident which is forgotten, hidden <b>or off the track</b>, and which contains considerable turbulence, will produce a tone rise in the individual. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>What does “or off the track” even mean apart from “hidden?”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-68</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-292</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | * Editorial Note: Some misunderstanding has resulted on the part o f some individuals about repeater technique, what it is, and how it was used. In the handbook DIANETICS (pages 214 to 218) there is a discussion o f repeater technique, but simply defined, it is this: The repetition o f a word or phrase in order to produce movement on the time track into an entheta area containing that word or phrase. Repeating or “rolling” a phrase in an engram in order to de-intensify the phrase or reduce the engram is not repeater technique. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | *Some misunderstanding has resulted on the part of some individuals about Repeater Technique— what it is and how it was used. In the Handbook <i>Dianetics: The Modern Science o f Mental Health</i>, there is a discussion of Repeater Technique. But simply defined, it is this: the repetition o f a word or phrase in order to produce <i>movement on the time track into an entheta area </i>containing that word or phrase. Repeating or “rolling” a phrase in an engram in order to de-intensify the phrase or reduce the engram is <i>not </i>Repeater Technique. <b>Repeater Technique almost invariably causes a temporary enturbulation as an inevitable consequence o f contacting an entheta area o f the time track and therefore should obviously not be used unless the auditor feels that he can disenturbulate the area so contacted. Repeater Technique is a forcing technique and now that more delicate and more effective means have been developed, it has limited usefulness. Allowing the preclear to repeat isolated phrases which he himself presents may be of benefit by taking him into a boil-off or a grief charge which is ready to reduce. Feeding the preclear random and arbitrary phrases to repeat will produce nothing but trouble.</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-69</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-294</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | That straight memory does free theta, or convert entheta to theta is beyond question. It is, however, a rather lengthy process, compared to lock scanning, for instance. Thus, straight memory should be used only as indicated on the chart, or to get the individual back up to present time, or by auditors who are so rushed for time that they have only a few minutes to attempt to rid a pre-clear of some specific somatic or aberration. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | That Straight Memory does free theta, or convert entheta to theta, is beyond question. It is, however, a rather lengthy process <b>(yet it would take an auditor only fifteen hours of Dianetic processing by Straight Memory to accomplish what would take two or three years with non-Dianetic techniques)</b>. Thus, Straight Memory should be used only as indicated on the chart, or to get the individual back up to present time, or by auditors who are so rushed for time that they have only a few minutes to attempt to rid a preclear of some specific somatic or aberration. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Where did this data in the additional sentence come from?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-71</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-296</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But something else has been interrupted here which is very important to the <u>pre-clear and that</u> is parental care. There does not seem to be any substitute for the proximity and care of one’s own parents. Pre-clears who have been raised by nurses and maids do not demonstrate the same alertness as those who have been raised by their own parents. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But something else has been interrupted here which is very important to the <u>preclear’s life. And</u> that is parental care. <b>It may be the common, shallow and collegiate remark that parents are only biological. This does not happen to be borne out by the facts.</b> There does not seem to be any substitute <b>to a child</b> for the proximity and care of his own parents. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-71</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-296</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thus, the severance of the parent-child relationship after birth is a more solid break of affinity, reality, and communication than the summation of locks which would occur in the usual case later in life. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thus, the severance of the parent-child relationship after birth is a more solid break of affinity, reality and communication than the summation of locks which would occur, in the usual case, <b>by the approximations of incidents later in life to early engrams</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Do readers really need this “clarification” of what a lock is after it was already thoroughly defined earlier in the book?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-74</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-299</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When the auditor strikes a circuit in an engram he can expect the pre-clear to go out of the auditor’s control into the control of some past and even dead individual’s phrases. Inidviduals who go around auditing themselves and running engrams and phrases ad infinitum are running because of circuits. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When the auditor strikes a circuit in an engram, he can expect the preclear to go out of the auditor’s control into the control of some past and even dead individual’s phrases, <b>since the circuit takes over control from the auditor</b>. Individuals who go around auditing themselves and running engrams and phrases ad infinitum are running because of circuits. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-75</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-300</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" |The person who is rejected from a group because of some fault, or otherwise, experiences a major break of affinity. When such breaks of affinity <b>overlie engrams</b>, which they <b>commonly do</b>, they become highly aberrative and serve to charge up the engrams considerably. | ||
| + | | valign="top" |The person who is rejected from a group because of some fault or otherwise, experiences a major break of affinity. When such breaks of affinity <b>are overlaying engrams</b>, which they<b> commonly are</b>, they become highly aberrative and serve to charge up the engrams considerably. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-74</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-300</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Left to his own devices and reasoning on his own data, the individual decides what is reality for him and with what he can agree. When he is informed that he cannot agree with those things he thinks he should agree with, he experiences an inhibition of reality. When engrams <b>underlie</b> this, these locks can be very serious and can tie up considerable theta on a case as entheta. | ||
| + | | valign="top" |Left to his own devices and reasoning on his own data, the individual decides what is reality for him and with what he can agree. When he is informed that he cannot agree with those things he thinks he should agree with, he experiences an inhibition of reality. When engrams <b>underlay</b> this, these locks can be very serious and can tie up considerable theta on a case as entheta. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-75</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-302</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The child <b>does not know</b> that these things are held to be otherwise valuable in the society, and so the child is continually denied its conquest of MEST. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The child <b>does not have the evaluation</b> that these things are held to be otherwise valuable in the society, and so the child is denied continually its conquest of MEST. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-77</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-302</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Communication breaks, on the inhibition side, stem from the denial of a person’s ability to see, to feel, to hear, denial of a person’s right to talk or listen — in other words, denials of a person’s right to communicate. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Communication breaks on the inhibition side stem from the denial of a person’s ability to see, to feel, to hear, <b>to be</b>, denial of a person’s rights to talk or listen. In other words, denials of a person’s right to communicate. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“To be” doesn’t belong in this list as beingness is something that encompasses communication, not the other way around.</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER EIGHT (COLUMN AD – Pleasure Moments) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-89</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-316</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A woman, mating herself to a man below 2.0, who is herself capable of a high level of survival, will find herself broken by little “misunderstandings,” strange perversions, and quarrels at inopportune times, until at last her ambitions for a family and a future lie in the dust where so many dreams go. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A woman mating herself to a man below 2.0, who is herself capable of a high level of survival, will find herself broken by little “misunderstandings,” strange perversions and quarrels at inopportune times until at last her ambitions for a family and a future<b>, or even for a career for herself,</b> lie in the dust where so many dreams go. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-89</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-317</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is death— death as certain as laying one’s neck below the blade of a guillotine and <b>hitting</b> the trigger. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is death— death as certain as laying one’s neck below the blade of a guillotine and <b>tripping</b> the trigger. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-90</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-317</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If permitted to go on being angry, he will remain static, to some degree, on the tone scale, but if these dramatizations are balked or fought against, he will descend down the tone scale, since he is not permitted to experience the “pleasure” which he can attain by being angry. His goal is to achieve destruction of things or people. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If permitted to go on being angry, he will remain static to some degree on the Tone Scale. But if these dramatizations are balked or fought against, he will descend down the Tone Scale since he is not permitted to experience the “pleasure” which he can “attain” by being angry. <b>It should not be expected that reasonable causes must exist for this person to vent anger. This person will make his own causes so that he can be angry.</b> His goal is to achieve destruction of things or people. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-91</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-318</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | People below the zone of anger are much more dangerous, since they will take <b>much more devious</b> steps to bring about death. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | People below the zone of anger are much more dangerous, since they will take <b>much wider</b> steps to bring about death. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here is another example of someone “correcting” this book not wanting readers to be clear about the nature of this tone level.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-93</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-320</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Do not expect the 1.1 to run a moment when he was extremely angry, since his position on the tone scale makes overt anger a very dangerous thing to indulge in, and the fear implicit in his position may prevent him from showing it. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Do not expect the 1.1 to run a moment when he was extremely angry, since his position on the Tone Scale makes overt anger a very dangerous thing to indulge in and the fear implicit in his position may prevent him from showing it. <b>However, if you can get him to recall a moment when he was outstandingly and admirably moral and ethical when all around him were being dishonest and insincere, you may find that he experiences a great deal of “pleasure” in this counterfeit situation.</b> | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Who is the author of this additional sentence?</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-93</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-320</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One cannot reduce the other dynamics without reducing the <u>first dynamic, of self,</u> and bringing about one’s own death. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One cannot reduce the other dynamics without reducing the <u>First Dynamic of self</u> and bringing about one’s own death. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-95</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-323</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | However, the auditor, by having the pre-clear run possible pleasure moments as concepts and then, as they are contacted more closely, as actual incidents, can <b>often</b> demonstrate to the pre-clear that pleasure has existed and is available. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | However, the auditor, by having the preclear run possible pleasure moments as concepts and then, as they are contacted more closely, as actual incidents, can <b>possibly</b> demonstrate to the preclear that pleasure has existed and is available. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-95</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-323</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The case is most readily stabilized by the running of pleasure moments. <b>In trying to bring a case up to present time</b> one should run several pleasure moments, if the case is difficult to stabilize in present time. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The case is most readily stabilized by the running of pleasure moments. One should run several pleasure moments if the case is difficult to stabilize in present time. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-97</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-325</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When running pleasure moments or when <b>encouraging his pre-clear</b> to create and construct present-time pleasure moments to raise his level on the tone scale, the auditor should not overlook the fact that happiness is the overcoming of not unknowable obstacles toward a goal. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When running pleasure moments or when <b>advising his preclear</b> to create and construct present time pleasure moments to raise his level on the Tone Scale, the auditor should not overlook the fact that happiness is the overcoming of not unknowable obstacles toward a <b>known</b> goal. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Auditors do not “advise.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-99</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-326</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This immediately and automatically spots these individuals and groups on the tone scale They are below 2.0 and are headed toward <b>succumbing</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This immediately and automatically spots these individuals and groups on the Tone Scale: they are below 2.0 and are headed toward <b>succumb</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | 2007: B2-328) POSITIVE PROCESSING <br><br> | ||
| + | [In 1975 book Positive Processing section is in Chapter 21 – How To Audit The Case.] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER NINE (COLUMN AE – Imaginary Incidents) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-103</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-334</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Imagination thus becomes mechanically more and more short-circuited into a supplantation of reality, as the position of the individual <b>descends the scale</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Imagination thus becomes mechanically more and more short-circuited into a supplantation of reality as the position of the individual <b>decreases on the scale</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-107</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-338</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This would also be an analogy which took place regarding valences, wherein the “I” which is the real individual, becomes obliterated in favour of other highly-charged sections of the analyser. And here the analogy breaks down, since the valence walls between the different personalities of the <b>individual grow more</b> and more sharply defined as the individual descends on the tone scale, so that at last the heavily charged case goes from one valence to another so <b>abruptly</b> that one can almost hear the click as he crosses the valence wall. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This would also be an analogy which took place regarding valences, wherein the “I” which is the real individual becomes obliterated in favor of highly charged other sections of the analyzer. And here the analogy breaks down, since the valence walls between different personalities the <b>individual may be grow</b> more and more sharply defined as the individual descends on the Tone Scale, so that at last the heavily charged case goes from one valence into another so <b>sharply</b> that one can almost hear the “click” as he crosses the valence wall. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-108</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-338</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor should not under any circumstances <b>try to force or persuade</b> his poor pre-clear <b>to “face reality.”</b> | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor, <b>as has been said before in this book</b>, should not under any circumstances <b>try to slug, bang, hammer or electric shock</b> his poor preclear <b>into admitting that all is imagination</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-108</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-339</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He may have so much entheta on the subject of religion that he veers away from actuality here and talks in terms of atheism, or may go in the other direction and become completely hallucinatory. But in this case, he is veering away from his MEST universe to the point where he is constructing an imaginary sphere of activity. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He may have so much entheta on the subject of religion that he veers away from actuality here and talks in terms of atheism <b>or mad-dogism</b>, or may go in the other direction and become completely hallucinatory— but in this case, he is veering away from his MEST universe to the point where he is constructing an imaginary sphere of activity. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Mad-dogism” what?!</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-108</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-339</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Here, so much entheta exists with regard to practical and workable means of living that he must deal in imaginary means. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Here so much entheta exists with regard to practical and workable means of living that he must deal in imaginary means <b>without realizing the impracticalities of those imaginary means</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-110</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-339</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The child quite easily sees fairies and strange animals walking about, with his imagination. If he finds life dull and elders hard to shock into taking an interest in him, he m ay recount these things as valid. He is, of course, inevitably censured by the hard-headed, “practical”, and “rational” elder and so accumulates a series of locks on any engram she may have. Left to himself and his fantasies and imaginings, the child will eventually, of course, find out what is reality—that grim thing in our world of the twentieth century—and w hat is fantasy. But the elder is apt to press the child into too early <b>an acknowledgement of this “reality”</b>. Actually, of what <b>absolute reality</b> is neither you nor I have any notion, but we have agreed upon certain facts, and having agreed, we wish to remain friends, and so we continue this agreement. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The child quite easily sees fairies and strange animals walking about with his imagination. If he finds life dull and elders hard to shock into taking an interest in him, he may recount these things as valid. He is, of course, inevitably censured by the hardheaded, “practical” and <b>undoubtedly</b> “rational” elder and so accumulates a series of locks on any engrams he may have. Left to himself and <b>to</b> his fantasies and imaginings, the child will eventually, of course, find out what reality is— that grim thing in our world of the twentieth century— and what is fantasy. But the elder is apt to press the child into too early <b>a compression by this “reality.”</b> Actually, of what <b>reality</b> is, neither you nor I have <b>much notion</b>. But we have agreed upon certain facts and having agreed, we wish to remain friends and so we continue this agreement. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-115</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-347</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The husband-wife team has been found in Dianetics to be the least <b>compatible auditing group</b>. A few husband-wife teams <u>are successful, but</u> the majority are <u>not, and</u> husbands and wives would do well to look outside the home for coauditors, for <b>trouble in co-auditing</b> can easily cause <b>a shaky marriage</b> to collapse. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The husband-wife team has been found in Dianetics to be the least <b>compatible group (a commentary upon American marriage, the training of the male to accept marriage as part of his environment and the lack of training of the female in how to be a wife)</b>. A few husband-wife teams are <u>successful. But</u> the majority are <u>not and</u> husbands and wives should look outside the home for co-auditors, or <b>the marriage</b> may collapse. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TEN (COLUMN AF – Locks) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-118</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-351</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Locks can be received only when an individual is weary, upset by reverses or is in a generally nonoptimum situation. These light approximations of engrams in the analytical present-time environ <b>were believed in the past to be</b> aberrative in themselves. Actually, they <b>were</b> not. The lock is only the surface manifestation of the <b>basic environmental</b> cause of aberration. Underlying any lock must be an engram. <b>Ignorance of this fact was one of the main reasons for the failures of past therapies.</b> A lock occurs also when the individual is attempting to carry out the irrational commands of the engram and is prevented by the society’s or some individual’s counter “reason” from accomplishing the dramatization. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Locks can be received only when an individual is weary, upset by reverses or is in a generally non-optimum situation. These light approximations of engrams in the analytical present time <br> | ||
| + | environ <b>pass for</b> aberrative in themselves. Actually, they <b>are</b> not. The lock is only the surface manifestation of the <b>total environmental</b> cause of aberration. Underlying any lock must be an engram. A lock occurs also when the individual is attempting to carry out the <b>however</b> irrational commands of the engram and is prevented by the society’s or some individual’s counter “reason” from accomplishing the dramatization. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-119</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-351</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Locks have only to be addressed in a case <b>until the pre-clear is up to a point where he can run engrams</b>. After the pre-clear has run out engrams, the locks consequent to any engram or chain of engrams which he has run out can be scanned off with great speed. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Locks have only to be addressed in a case until the preclear has run out engrams. The locks consequent to any one engram (or chain of engrams) which he has run out can be scanned off with great speed. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here is a major alteration of actual application of Dianetics methodology.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-120</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-352</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But if the auditor discovers that the lock is in itself aberrative, he should understand that this is no time to run engrams, since this preclear must be unburdened of many locks and <b>secondary engrams </b>before she will be in shape to run engrams. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But if the auditor discovers that the lock is in itself aberrative, he should understand that this is no time to run engrams, since this preclear must be unburdened of many locks and <b>minor engrams</b> before she will be in shape to run engrams. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER ELEVEN (COLUMN AG - Scanning Locks) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-123</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-356</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Some cases on which many engrams have been run may yet not have risen on the tone scale, because the entheta of the processing <b>has</b> enturbulated present time and <b>has</b> created new locks. Lock scanning remedies this. With two to four hours of lock scanning these cases will rebound swiftly and attain a new level of activity. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Some cases on which many engrams have been run may yet not have risen on the Tone Scale because the entheta of the processing enturbulated present time and created new locks. Lock Scanning remedies this. <b>Some cases which have been book-audited remain relatively static on the</b><b>Tone Scale, but</b> with two to four hours of Lock Scanning rebound swiftly and attain a new level of activity. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>"Book-audited" is defined in the glossary of 2007 edition as: "received auditing based on techniques contained in the book Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health."</i>]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-131</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-364</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Lock scanning can actually be called a high speed straight wire. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Lock Scanning can actually be called a “high-speed Straightwire” <b>rather than anything else</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-132</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-365</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 0.5 cannot be lock scanned, with profit, since the 0.5 will inevitably hang up too thoroughly. But if the auditor does make the mistake of scanning a 0.5 through locks, he must remember that it is only <b>necessary to use straight memory</b> to free the 0.5. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 0.5 cannot be Lock Scanned with profit, since the 0.5 will inevitably hang up too thoroughly. But if the auditor does make the mistake of scanning a 0.5 through locks, he must remember that it is only <b>necessary to scan a new type of lock</b> in order to free the 0.5 <b>(or to use Straight Memory)</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWELVE (COLUMN AH – Secondary Engrams) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-136</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-369</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Affinity, reality, and communication components of theta, by the loss or threat of loss to the individual, <b>convert to entheta</b> and thereafter repel the affinity, reality, and communication components which yet remain in a state of theta. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Affinity, reality and communication components of theta, by the loss or threat of loss to the individual, <b>convert</b> and thereafter repel the affinity, reality and communication components which yet remain in a state of theta. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-136</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-369</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | No engram is active until it is “keyed-in”, which is to say until a moment when the environment around the awake <b>but fatigued or distressed individual</b> is itself similar to the dormant engram. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | No engram is active until it is <i>keyed-in</i>, which is to say, until a moment when the environment around the <b>awake individual</b> is itself similar to the dormant engram. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-137</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-370</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>In the presence of the physical engram</b>, which contains some approximation of the loss or threatened loss, when a severe shock of loss or threatened loss occurs the turbulence of the individual is to a large degree trapped and a heavy charge enters the physical pain engram and remains there until dianetic processing removes it or until the theta and MEST of the individual are separated by death.* | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>With the physical engram present</b> (which has some approximation of the loss or threatened loss), when a severe shock of loss or threatened loss occurs, the turbulence of the individual is <b>apparently</b> to a large degree trapped and a heavy charge enters the physical pain engram and remains there until Dianetic processing removes it or until the theta and MEST of the individual are separated by death.* | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-138</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-371</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A few minor secondary engrams on a case may only <b>dull the sharpness of the perceptics</b>, but the usual case has many heavy secondary engrams on it. The seriously occluded case is occluded because of the existence of secondary engrams. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A few minor secondary engrams on a case may only <b>cut off the sharpness of the perceptics</b>, but the usual case has many heavy secondary engrams on it. The seriously occluded case is occluded because of the existence of secondary engrams. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>There is a BIG difference between “dull” and “cut off.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-138</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-371</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Today one’s environment might be happy. This environment would assist one’s tone, pulling one slightly up the tone scale. Or when the environment is very happy it has the occasional result of making the individual’s activities and conduct momentarily those of a <b>4.0</b>, even if he is ordinarily considerably aberrated. But where a <b>4.0</b> would have a resilience and would respond only partially to a present-time environment, a thoroughly aberrated person is almost a slave to the environment, and the lower the individual is on the tone scale the more seriously he is affected by low-tone environments. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Today, one’s environment might be happy. This environment would assist one’s tone, pulling one slightly up the Tone Scale. Or when the environment is very happy, it has the occasional result of making the individual’s activities and conduct momentarily those of a <b>Clear</b>, even if he is ordinarily considerably aberrated. But where a <b>Clear</b> would have a resilience and would respond only partially to a present time environment, a thoroughly aberrated person is almost a slave to the environment. And the lower the individual is on the Tone Scale, the more seriously he is affected by low-tone environments. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-139</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-372</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | A note can be of a certain pitch with a great deal of volume. Further, the note by harmonics and overtones may have <b>timbre</b>, or quality. | ||
| + | | A note can be of a certain pitch with a great deal of volume. Further, the note, by harmonics and overtones, may have quality. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-140</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-373</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Aberration, considered as pitch or tone, is theoretically independent of quality (structure, probably) and volume (theta endowment).The factors of quality and volume would account in part for the individual differences which may be found in aberrated persons at similar levels of the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Aberration, considered as pitch or tone, is theoretically independent of quality (structure, probably) and volume (theta endowment).The factors of quality and volume would account, in part, for the individual differences which may be found in aberrated persons at similar levels of the Tone Scale. <b>(The analogy with music should not be overworked, of course, since a low tone in music may be delightful, but a low tone in aberration is not.)</b> | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-141</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-375</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The life of cells persists below organism death, but as the basic organism life and the MEST have mutually rejected each other, somatic life, unless assisted by other organisms, as in the experiments of Alexis Carrel, dies away within the next few minutes <b>or months</b>, thus producing complete organism death and leaving in its place the MEST compounds which have been organized by the theta and which are themselves a sort of evolution of MEST. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But as the basic organism, life and the MEST have mutually rejected each other, somatic life (unless assisted by other organisms, as in the experiments of Alexis Carrel) dies away within the next few minutes <b>or a year</b>, thus producing complete organism death and leaving in its place the MEST compounds which have been organized by the theta and which are themselves a sort of evolution of MEST. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-142</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-375</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | This intention, when <b>manifested as anger</b>, is not immediately observable. But anger is destruction and death. From there on down, loss becomes more and more likely. | ||
| + | | This intention, when <b>manifested at anger</b>, is not immediately observable. But anger is destruction and death. From there on down, loss becomes more and more likely. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-142</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-375</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" |There is a <b>direct parallel</b> on the tone scale between the position of the individual, the condition of the theta, and the way MEST is handled by theta. | ||
| + | | valign="top" |There is a <b>distinct parallel</b> on the Tone Scale between the position of the individual, the condition of the theta and the way MEST is handled by theta. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-144</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-375</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Personal identity is very important. It is a parallel to self-determinism. When the individual’s identity has been absorbed to a great degree in the personality of another person, another way of saying the commingling of theta, a loss of personality ensues with a consequent reduction of analytical dynamic and ability to reason. It is very important for the auditor to <b>cause</b><b>the separation of these identities</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Personal identity is very important. It is a parallel to self-determinism. When the individual’s identity has been absorbed to a great degree in the personality of another person (another way of saying “the commingling of theta”), a loss of personality ensues with a consequent reduction of analytical dynamic and ability to reason. It is very important for the auditor to <b>cause</b><b>this separation</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-146</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-380</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A secondary engram is run exactly as one would run an engram. One starts at the earliest moment of the <b>secondary</b> that one can discover and proceeds, picking up all perceptics, to the end of the <b>incident</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | A secondary engram is run exactly as one would run an engram. One starts at the earliest moment of the <b>engram</b> that one can discover and proceeds, picking up all perceptics, to the end of the <b>engram</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-148</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-382</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The reason for this seems to be that <b>though it is</b> the physical pain engram <b>which</b> makes possible secondary engrams and locks, <b>it is</b> the secondaries which entrap the majority of the theta on the case and keep it as entheta in an encysted condition. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The reason for this seems to be that the physical pain engram makes possible secondary engrams and locks, but the secondaries entrap the majority of the theta on the case and keep it, as entheta, in an encysted condition. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-151</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-385</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The test of any secondary is whether or not <b>exhausting it raises</b> the individual up the tone scale. When the auditor discovers that he is running fear or apathy incidents because of some circuit, he should immediately be aware of the fact that he is trying to address much too heavy a form of entheta. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The test of any secondary is whether or not <b>it runs</b> the individual up the Tone Scale. When the auditor discovers that he is running fear or <b>apathy charges on the account of some circuit</b>, he should immediately be aware of the fact that he is trying to address much too heavy a form of entheta. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-152</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-387</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It is an adroit auditor who can elicit from some “hard-boiled and emotionless” denizen of our culture the tears or fear necessary to resolve his case. But the scanning of lock chains or the <b>reduction of available physical pain engrams</b> will place in the auditor’s hands, willy-nilly, discharge of secondary engrams. The auditor can convert the entheta of locks <b>into</b> theta to such a degree that secondary engrams will to begin discharge almost automatically. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It is an adroit auditor who can elicit from some “hard-boiled and emotionless” denizen of our culture the tears or fear necessary to resolve his case. But the scanning of lock chains or the <b>running of available physical pain engrams off of a case</b> will place in the auditor’s hands, willy-nilly, discharge of secondary engrams. The auditor can convert the entheta of locks <b>to</b> theta to such a degree that secondary engrams will begin to discharge almost automatically. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-153</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-387</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Some experiments have been <b>made with</b> the use of sad music or other dolorous perceptics in the environ of the pre-clear to encourage the discharge of secondary engrams. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Some experiments have been <b>carried out on</b> the use of sad music or other dolorous perceptics in the environ of the preclear to encourage the discharge of secondary engrams. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER THIRTEEN (COLUMN AI – Engrams) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-155</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-389</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The therapist did not know w hat the patient was crying about and neither did the patient, but<b> the title</b> of “release of affect” was assigned to this crying and much extraneous technology was developed around it. Psychodrama and other techniques were developed in order to make the individual “release affect.” This was the second slight incursion into the field of human thought. <b>It produced little beneficial result because</b> secondaries were restimulated more often than they were relieved. Secondaries have to be run as engrams, with the pre-clear <b>returning</b> on the time track. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The therapist did not know what the patient was crying about and neither did the patient, but <b>the strange title</b> of “release of affect” was assigned to this crying and much extraneous technology was developed around it. Psychodrama and other techniques were developed in order to make the individual “release affect.” This was the second slight incursion into the field of human thought. <b>If the results were not all that could be desired, it was because they overlooked the important Dianetic fact that</b> secondaries were restimulated more often than they were relieved. Secondaries have to be run as engrams, with the preclear <b>returned</b> on the time track. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-158</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-392</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is the anatomy of an engram. It contains physical pain. It contains all the perceptics of the environment in which the physical pain was received. It contains the physiological condition of the body, including endocrine balance at the time. It includes the age of the individual. It includes the mis-emotion or emotion contained in the incident, as manifested by persons around the injured person. It contains unconsciousness, in the form of anaten (analytical attenuation). | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is the anatomy of an engram: It contains physical pain. <b>It contains a greater or lesser shutdown of the analytical mind (conscious mind).</b> It contains all the perceptics of the environment in which the physical pain was received. It contains the physiological condition of the body, including endocrine balance at the time. It includes the age of the individual. It includes the mis-emotion or emotion contained in the incident, as manifested by persons around the injured person. It contains unconsciousness in the form of anaten (analytical attenuation). | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Notice how the inserted sentence essentially paraphrases the last one and at the same time misdefined the analytical mind as “conscious mind.” In fact, this point is clarified later in this book on page 418 in 2007 edition or on page 182 in Book Two of 1975 printing:</i><br><br> | ||
| + | 1975: B2-182) The reactive mind was once known as the “unconscious mind,” but this terminology is highly misleading, because the reactive mind is the mind which is always conscious, and the “conscious mind” is the mind which shuts off or goes unconscious. ]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-159</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-393</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="left" valign="top" | Engrams are based on the non-survival <b>circumstances</b> of theta and MEST colliding too sharply together, with the attendant reversal of polarity. All engrams, even those which are highly complimentary to the ability of the individual (such as hypnotic suggestions, which are a light form of engram and depend on early physical pain engrams) are non-survival. There is no such thing as an engram which assists an individual in his business of living. The engram merely uses some natural ability of the individual and may feverishly but inefficiently <b>enforce</b> it. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Engrams are based on the non-survival <b>circumstance</b> of theta and MEST colliding too sharply together, with the attendant reversal of polarity. All engrams, even those which are highly complimentary to the ability of the individual (such as hypnotic suggestions, which are a light form of engram and depend on early physical pain engrams) are non-survival. There is no such thing as an engram which assists an individual in his business of living. The engram merely uses some natural ability of the individual and may feverishly, but inefficiently, <b>reinforce</b> it. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-160</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-394</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Many engrams contain phrases which seem to make the engram valuable. The engram is never valuable. Here is nonsurvival in the <b>most basic</b> known package. | ||
| + | | Many engrams contain phrases which seem to make the engram valuable. The engram is never valuable. Here is non-survival in the <b>most basically</b> known package. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-162</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-397</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The pre-clear should always be brought to present time, if possible, either by simply being told to “Come to present time,” or by being scanned up to present time through pleasure moments, <b>or “walked up” by straight memory questions</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The preclear should always be brought to present time if possible, either by simply being told to <i>“Come to present time” or </i>by being scanned up to present time through pleasure moments. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Here a portion of technical application was dropped.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-163</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-397</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is this difference between the file clerk and the somatic strip: he works with the file clerk but commands the somatic strip. On command, the somatic strip will go to any point of the pre-clear’s life, unless the entheta on the case is so heavy that the somatic strip is frozen in one place. The somatic strip goes to the point of return, but it is not the same as completely returning since the pre-clear’s “ I” can stay in present time and the somatic strip can be sent back to earlier periods of his life. This is a very useful mechanism. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is this difference between the file clerk and the somatic strip: he <i>works </i>with the file clerk, but <i>commands </i>the somatic strip. On command, the somatic strip will go to any point of the preclear’s life unless the entheta on the case is so heavy that the somatic strip is frozen in one place. <b>This might be called, as well, the concentration of attention of “I”.</b> The somatic strip goes to the point of return, but it is not the same as completely returning, since the preclears “I” can stay in present time and the somatic strip can be sent back to earlier periods of his life. This is a very useful mechanism. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>The added sentence seems completely out of place.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-166</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-401</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One might say that the auditor and the file clerk are consultants over the case of the pre-clear as to the best method of raising the pre-clear on the tone scale. The file clerk’s interest and participation in this is very large. The file clerk’s ability to answer questions sometimes extends to suggestions as to how to run the case when these are <b>required by the auditor</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | One might say that the auditor and the file clerk are consultants over the case of the preclear as to the best method of raising the preclear on the Tone Scale. The file clerk’s interest and participation in this is very large. The file clerk’s ability to answer questions sometimes extends to suggestions as to how to run the case, when these are <b>requested by the auditor</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-168</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-403</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The pre-clear becomes aware of the somatic and of other perceptics and, phrase by phrase, runs off the engram, re-experiencing it, feeling the generally modified version of <b>the pain he once experienced</b>, recounting all the conversation which he perceives to have taken place in the incident, getting rid of the “boil-off” which smothered the incident or yawning away the remaining anaten in the incident or experiencing the mis-emotion of the incident and, in short, reducing or erasing the engram. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The preclear becomes aware of the somatic and of other perceptics and, phrase by phrase, runs off the engram: re-experiencing it, feeling the generally modified version of <b>the pain the instant once contained</b>, recounting all the conversation which he perceives to have taken place in the incident, getting rid of the boil-off which smothered the incident or yawning away the remaining anaten in the incident or experiencing the mis-emotion of the incident and, in short, reducing or erasing the engram. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>How is this change for better “clarity?”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-173</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-408</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | During a recession the somatic of the engram first reduces slightly and then continues constant. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>In contrast with a reduction</b>, during a recession the somatic of the engram first reduces slightly and then continues constant. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-174</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-410</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Because Dianetics has not at this time much explored structure, no slightest effort is made here to justify the existence of pre-conception sperm engrams or pre-conception ovum engrams or conception engrams or birth engrams. Actually, these have been found time and again <b>in psycho-therapy</b> and abandoned only because they did not agree with the reality of the practitioner. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>Possibly the mistaken emphasis of outmoded therapies upon the Second Dynamic occurs because the basic engrams of the case are sexual. This would bring about an incorrect conclusion on the part of those who did not understand the mechanics of aberration.</b> Because Dianetics has not at this time much explored structure, no slightest effort is made here to justify the existence of pre-conception sperm engrams or pre-conception ovum engrams or conception engrams or birth engrams. Actually, these have been found time and again <b>in some advanced modes of psychotherapy</b> and abandoned only because they did not agree with the reality of the practitioner. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-181</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-417</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | This is the main trouble with an engram, that it has command value which is literally interpreted. “I see what you mean” will cause the pre-clear to get a picture rather than <b>to feel that he understands</b>. | ||
| + | | This is the main trouble with an engram— that it has command value which is literally interpreted. “I see what you mean” will cause the preclear to get a picture rather than <b>to understand</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-181</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-418</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Theoretically, one could strip a case of locks and secondaries without touching any engrams; however, there are such things as circuits, as will be covered later, and sometimes <b>it might be</b> necessary to run engrams on a heavily charged case in order to attack a <u>circuit, but</u> this would be an extraordinary proceeding, and should only be done by a skilled auditor, as trained at the Foundation. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Theoretically, one could strip a case of locks and secondaries without touching any engrams. However, there are such things as circuits, as will be covered later, and sometimes <b>it will be</b> necessary to run engrams on a heavily charged case in order to attack a <u>circuit. But</u> this would be an extraordinary proceeding and should only be done by a skilled auditor, as trained at the Foundation. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-183</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-419</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Taking the locks and secondaries off a case, a<b>nd a few engrams</b> in the course of accomplishing this, produces a dianetic release. | ||
| + | | Taking the locks and secondaries off a case, <b>and perhaps a few </b><b>engrams</b> in the course of accomplishing this, produces a Dianetic Release. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-186</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-422</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | The constant of this wide-open case low on the tone scale is that it has sonic and visio, that the somatics are light ordinarily, that the case does not progress rapidly up the tone scale despite the fact that engrams are evidently <b>being erased or reduced</b>. | ||
| + | | The constant of this wide-open case low on the Tone Scale is that it has sonic and visio, that the somatics are light ordinarily, that the case does not progress rapidly up the Tone Scale despite the fact that engrams are evidently <b>being reduced and, most importantly, the case rarely manifests any relief while engrams are being erased or reduced</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-190</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-427</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | With the inaccessible psychotic whose “reason” is so evasive and aberrated as to appear so even to the casual observer, and with the psychotic who is caught in some engram, the auditor should give his whole effort to establishing contact, even by mimicking the psychotic or by discovering some small interest the psychotic may have in his environ and directing his <b>attention to the details of that thing</b>. | ||
| + | | With the inaccessible psychotic, whose “reason” is so evasive and aberrated as to appear so even to the casual observer, and with the psychotic who is caught in some engram, the auditor should give his whole effort to establishing contact— even by mimicking the psychotic or by discovering some small interest the psychotic may have in his environ and directing his <b>attention</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | 2007: B2-430) UNBURDENING ENGRAMS <br><br> | ||
| + | [In 1975 book Unburdening Engrams section is in Chapter 21 – How To Audit The Case.]<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FOURTEEN (COLUMN AJ – Chains of Engrams) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-195</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-434</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The single engram could be considered to lie across the time track in one place, but a chain of engrams is a series <b>running up</b> the time track. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The single engram could be considered to lie across the time track in one place, but a chain of engrams is a series <b>running on up</b> the time track. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER FIFTEEN (COLUMN AK – Circuits) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-200</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-441</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | With his friends he may possibly be in his own valence (the happiest condition) or in the valence of some jovial individual he has known, but confronted by his wife, whom, <b>unknowingly</b>, he married because she reminded him of his mother, he is forced into his father’s valence, and his father may have been a badly intimidated man. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | With his friends, he may possibly be in his own valence (the happiest condition) or in the valence of some jovial individual he has known. But confronted by his wife, whom he married because she reminded him <b>unknowingly</b> of his mother, he is forced into his father’s valence and his father may have been a badly intimidated man. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-203</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-443</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | People commonly have various types of circuits and are unaware of the fact that they do have circuits. <b>An individual’s vocalization of all his thoughts and problems</b> is actually a circuit at work which tells him how to think or tells him how to act. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | People commonly have various types of circuits and are unaware of the fact that they do have circuits. <b>The “stream of consciousness” of an individual (his vocal maunderings over his problems)</b> is actually a circuit at work which “tells him how to think” or “tells him how to act.” | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-205</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-445</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | *Some further comment should be made on the case who begins to audit himself. Evidently a few isolated cases have been able to do self-auditing, without any damage and, indeed, in one case with considerable benefit. A case may begin to self-audit when there are factors in the case and in the environment which are unsolved by the pre-clear or the auditor. The moment the proper computation is struck on the case, the self-auditing ceases. While anyone can straight-wire himself, and this is a very useful procedure, and while almost anyone can do lock scanning by himself, the heavier forms of entheta are more, and more difficult to attack unassisted. The person who feels the need to run grief over some specific incident should, of course, run it whether there is an auditor present or not. But the individual who deliberately forces himself into an engram and attempts to reduce it will, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, merely restimulate the engram and enturbulate himself into helplessness and discomfort before he has gotten beyond the first phrase. Self-auditing is really “doing it the hard way,” when carried beyond straight memory or light lock scanning. In almost every case, heavy self-auditing can be put down infallibly to the engrams’ defending themselves from real auditing by deceiving the befuddled pre-clear into running himself through irreducible or dub-in incidents. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | *Self-auditing does not obtain good results for many reasons. A preclear auditing himself through entheta will inevitably run into trouble. He will reduce himself on the Tone Scale no matter how many engrams or boil-offs he contacts. He is dramatizing, while auditing self, valences in engrams which have hurt him and so he only continues to hurt him self via engrams. “Self” processing is only possible in a system like <i>Self Analysis. </i>This permits it because the author audits the preclear via the book. This system <i>stops</i> self-auditing and <i>advances</i> his place on the Tone Scale. <i>Self Analysis </i>is available at the addresses listed in the back of this book. It contains the self-processing system and a simplified statement of Dianetics. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>This is a footnote covering “self-auditing.” Notice the difference of communicated message between 1975 footnote and 2007.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SIXTEEN (COLUMN AL – Condition of File Clerk) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-211</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-451</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Relief of the engram makes it even more possible for the individual to be a great streetcar conductor, since the engram <b>contains physical pain and unconsciousness</b>, which reduce analytical ability and thus make a person less able to perform. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Relief of the engram makes it even more possible for the individual to be a great streetcar conductor, since the engram <b>contains the factors of physical pain and unconsciousness</b> which reduce analytical ability and thus make a person less able to perform. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-212</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-452</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thinking is so complex that circuits are very necessary to care for various things about thinking. The cook ordinarily has many <b>circuits which direct what she does</b> with various dishes, while her “I” goes on planning on higher echelon policy or being amused by the radio. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Thinking is so complex that circuits are very necessary to care for various things about thinking. The cook ordinarily has many <b>circuits which tell her what to do</b> with various dishes, while her “I” goes on planning on higher echelon policy or being amused by the radio. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-212</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-452</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The imagination can be exaggerated or inhibited by engrams or charge and can actually be crossed into computive circuits by engrams or <u>charge, but</u> the imagination has to exist as an analytical <u>function, a native</u> portion of the analytical <u>mind, before</u> an engram and entheta can aberrate it. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The imagination can be exaggerated or inhibited by engrams or charge and can actually be crossed into computive circuits by engrams or<u> charge. But </u>the imagination has to exist as an analytical <b>(if sometimes independently self-controlled and apparently automatic) </b><u>function <b>and</b> a native</u> portion of the analytical <u>mind before</u> an engram and entheta can aberrate it. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-213</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-453</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | As the analytical mind becomes more and more shut down <b>by entheta</b>, more and more attention units are tied up or smothered. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | As the analytical mind becomes more and more shut down <b>by entheta and engrams</b>, more and more attention units are tied up or smothered. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Engrams are already included in the definition of entheta. Saying “entheta and engrams” is confusing because it separates out “engrams” as something separate from the concept of entheta.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-215</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-456</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The file clerk may be validated by interested and satisfied reception of his data by the auditor, and can be invalidated by raised eyebrows or shrugs on the auditor’s part. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The file clerk may be validated by an <b>overly</b> interested and satisfied reception of his data by the auditor and can be invalidated by raised eyebrows or shrugs on the auditor's part. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER SEVENTEEN (COLUMN AM – Hypnotic Level) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-228</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-469</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is very little the auditor can do <b>besides straight wire</b> with a case which goes into an hypnotic trance each time a command is given to close the eyes. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is very little the auditor can do to a case which goes into a hypnotic trance each time a command is given to close the eyes. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER EIGHTEEN (COLUMN AN – Level of Mind Alert) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-230</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-473</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The analytical mind would be that part of the being which perceives when the individual is awake or in normal sleep (for sleep is not unconsciousness, and anything the individual has perceived while he was asleep <b>is recorded in the standard memory banks and is relatively easy for the auditor to recover</b>.) | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The <i>analytical mind </i>would be that part of the being which perceives when the individual is awake or in normal sleep (for sleep is not unconsciousness and anything the individual has perceived while he was asleep <b>is relatively easy for the auditor to recover) and which records in the standard memory banks</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-235</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-478</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The aesthetic mind, evidently, attempts to execute music through the existing media of the analytical and reactive <u>minds, through</u> both the analytical power of the individual and the aberrations of the individual. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The aesthetic mind evidently attempts to execute music through the existing media of the analytical and reactive <u>minds. And</u> both the analytical power of the individual and the aberrations of the individual<b>, because of heavy theta endowment, will be manifested</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-235</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007</b><b>: B2-478</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It was once thought that it was absolutely necessary for an artist to be neurotic. Lacking the ability to do anything about neurosis, like Aesop’s fox who had no tail and tried to persuade the other foxes to cut theirs off, <b>frustrated mental pundits</b> glorified what they could not prevent or cure. Silly little books on the subject of how fortunate was the crazy person were offered in justification of this defeatism and helplessness. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | It was once thought that it was absolutely necessary for an artist to be neurotic. Lacking the ability to do anything about neurosis, like Aesop’s fox who had no tail and tried to persuade the other foxes to cut theirs off, old <b>schools of mental healing</b> glorified what they could not prevent or cure. Silly little books on the subject of how fortunate was the crazy person” were offered in justification of this defeatism and helplessness. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-235</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-479</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Aesthetics and the aesthetic mind are both highly nebulous so far as our present understanding of them is concerned. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Aesthetics and <b>the postulate that there exists</b> an aesthetic mind are both highly nebulous, so far as our present understanding of them is concerned. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-236</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-479</b><b></b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>The artist</b> laughed himself into very short breath over the fiimblings and mumblings of the <b>many warring camps of mental therapy</b> when they confronted aesthetics. Some of them even assumed that they <b>could</b> judge the mental state of an author by reviewing his writings. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <b>Almost any artist</b> laughs himself into a very short breath over the fumblings and mumblings of the <b>various split schools of mental healing</b> when they confront aesthetics. Some of them even dare to assume that they <b>can</b> judge the mental state of an author by reviewing his writings. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-238</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-481</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Further, the auditor may occasionally have to defend Dianetics against the strange, <b>neurotic belief</b> that when an artist becomes less neurotic he becomes less able. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Further, the auditor may occasionally have to defend Dianetics against the strange <b>neurosis to the effect</b> that when an artist becomes less neurotic, he becomes less able. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-238</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-482</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The Christian revolted against Roman disregard for human life. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The Christian revolted against Roman disregard for human life <b>and slaves</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-243</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-487</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But generation after generation of young men and women came off the assemby lines marked “educational courses,” filled full of <b>the</b> doctrine that they must believe only what they could experience, and ground very fine in the mills of the materialist. These generations, actually, regardless of their ability to <b>quote Hamlet or play Bach</b> on the piano, to look into microscopes, to serve as executives in steamship offices, to shift and command and generally alter MEST, were nevertheless socially lost generations which had no concept of the value of themselves as individuals, which had no workable social order worth mentioning if the value of a social order is to be measured in terms of happiness. These generations were <b>wrecked</b> by divorce, inhibitions, purposelessness, sophistication, <b>insecurity</b> and general hopelessness. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | But generation after generation of young men and <b>(why, we certainly cannot tell)</b> young women came off the assembly lines marked “educational courses,” filled full of doctrine that they must believe only what they could experience and ground very fine in the mills of the materialist. These generations, actually, regardless of their ability to <b>“quote Bach or play Hamlet on the piano,”</b> to look into microscopes, to serve as executives in steamship offices, to shift and command and generally alter MEST, were nevertheless socially lost generations which had no concept of the value of themselves as individuals, which had no workable social order worth mentioning— if the value of a social order is to be measured in terms of happiness. These generations were <b>wracked</b> by divorce, inhibitions, purposelessness, sophistication, <b>insincerity</b> and general hopelessness. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>This is not a joke. Look it up in 2007 book.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER NINETEEN (COLUMN AO – Relative Entheta On Case) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-248</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-493</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This last evolution is taking place continuously in present time. Here with us at this moment the lowliest forms are actively converting sunlight and minerals for the support of higher forms. The more MEST the form handles external to itself, the more complex are its requirements in terms of pre-processed MEST. This processing of MEST, then, for higher and higher form consumption is necessary as a staff of life. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This last evolution is taking place continuously in present time <b>and is a ladder of support, since Man and other mobile animals depend upon lower and lower forms to do more and more basic work in providing </b><b>MEST </b><b>and its fuels for the construction. This present time evolution is in continuous existence and, </b>here with us at this moment, the lowliest forms are actively converting sunlight and minerals for the support of higher forms. The more MEST the form handles external to itself, the more complex are its requirements in terms of pre-processed MEST. This processing of MEST, then, for higher and higher form consumption is necessary as a staff of life. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-250</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-496</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Actually, 2.0 on the tone scale is the place where the A-R-C of theta and the organism order in terms of MEST have each and intermingledly become sufficiently dissonant so that a slight discomfort exists. The enMEST is not very enMEST, and the entheta is not very <u>entheta, but</u> as the scale is descended this dissonance grows stronger and wider until it is finally so wide that it is almost a null, which is to say that very little inter-activity between entheta and enMEST exists and the components of enMEST are becoming so poorly organized as not even to be in conflict with one another, and the A-R-C of theta is <b>almost entirely interrupted, dispersed and dissonant</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Actually, 2.0 on the Tone Scale is the place where the ARC of theta and the organism order in terms of MEST have each and intermingledly become sufficiently dissonant that a slight discomfort exists. The enMEST is not very enMEST and the entheta is not very <u>entheta. But</u> as the scale is descended, this dissonance grows stronger and wider until it is finally so wide that it is almost a null, which is to say that very little interactivity between entheta and enMEST exists and that the components of enMEST are becoming so poorly organized as not even to be in conflict with one another and so that the ARC of theta is <b>practically out of contact with themselves</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-251</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-496</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is the engram, a moment of physical pain with its resultant unconsciousness and the perceptics entrapped therein. Entheta and enMEST from o.1 up to 2.0 are seeking to separate and in so seeking enturbulate the existing theta and MEST. Any instant or area of physical pain, then, is trying itself to die, so that the entrapped entheta and enMEST can become free. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is the engram, a moment of physical pain with its resultant unconsciousness and the perceptics entrapped therein. Entheta and enMEST from 0.1 up to 2.0 are seeking to separate and, in so seeking, enturbulate the existing theta and MEST. Any instant or area of physical pain, then, is trying itself to die so that the entrapped entheta and enMEST can become free <b>enough for new conquest to form less enturbulated entheta</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-254</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-500</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Lock scanning is a particularly efficacious technique in converting entheta. <b>Sudden, severe secondaries </b>can greatly charge up engrams which have been keyed in, and are heavy, extensive deposits. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | Lock Scanning is a particularly efficacious technique in converting entheta. <b>Secondaries, during moments of severe present time enturbulence</b>, can greatly charge up engrams which have been keyed-in and are heavy, extensive deposits. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-254</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-500</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is easily understood as soon as one <b>runs</b> out a near-present-time injury. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | This is easily understood as soon as one <b>tries to run</b> out a near-present-time injury. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-255</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-501</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is something about oxygenation which is not yet understood but which again, <b>if understood</b>, might speed up processing. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | There is something about oxygenation which is not yet understood, but which again might speed up processing. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-255</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-501</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a secondary engram is reduced, on the grief level, it is reduced in tears. When tears occur, the secondary should be run until it is completely exhausted, or the phrase, if that is all that can be recovered, should be repeated by the pre-clear until it no longer occasions tears, <b>since tears</b> seem to be the primary manifestation of the exhaustion of the most harmful secondaries, those of grief. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | When a secondary engram is reduced on the grief level, it is reduced in tears. When tears occur, the secondary should be run until it is completely exhausted, or the phrase (if that is all that can be recovered) should be repeated by the preclear until it no longer occasions tears, <b>since the exhaustion of tears</b> seems to be the primary manifestation of the exhaustion of the most harmful secondaries— those of grief. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-257</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-503</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If the pre-clear has a new, not a chronic, somatic, the auditor <b>may ask</b> him for the phrase which will reduce this somatic, but only after he has ascertained from the file clerk whether or not the somatic will reduce. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | If the preclear has a new (not a chronic) somatic, the auditor <b>may request</b> him for the phrase which will reduce this somatic, but only after he has ascertained from the file clerk whether or not the somatic will reduce. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Request” sounds authoritarian and authoritarian auditing is not good.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-262</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-509</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | These low-level cases enturbulate rapidly, and the running of engrams on them, no matter how wide-open they are, may be done for hundreds of hours without <b>any marked increase</b> in the tone level of the case. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | These low-level cases enturbulate rapidly and the running of engrams on them, no matter how wide-open they are, may be done for hundreds of hours without <b>any apparent marked increase</b> in the tone level of the case. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>“Marked” already means apparent so adding “apparent” in front of it is quite redundant.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY (COLUMN AQ – Tone Level of Auditor Necessary To Handle Case) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-263</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-509</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <i>Auditors who are below 2.0 on the tone scale tend unconsciously, </i>and even consciously, in the direction of <b>succumbing</b>. They have a ratio in themselves of more entheta than theta. Auditors below 2.0 on the tone scale have accomplished something with cases from time to time, because Dianetics can be, in part, mechanically applied. But the pre-clear who places himself in the hands of an auditor below 2.0 is asking for unsuccessful processing, since auditor code breaks will inevitably ensue and the case will be unwittingly mishandled, regardless of the <b>apparent</b> intention of the auditor. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | <i>Auditors who are below 2.0 on the Tone Scale tend unconsciously </i>and even consciously in the direction of <b>succumb</b>. They have a ratio in themselves of more entheta than theta. Auditors below 2.0 on the Tone Scale have accomplished something with cases from time to time because <b>the mechanics of </b>Dianetics can be, in part, mechanically applied. But the preclear who places himself in the hands of an auditor below 2.0 is asking for unsuccessful processing, since Auditor Code breaks will inevitably ensue and the case will be unwittingly mishandled regardless of the <b>obvious</b> intention of the <br> | ||
| + | auditor. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-264</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-512</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | 3.0 would be the lowest level of the auditor, for any truly successful auditing. At this level, the auditor will be interested, sympathetic, able to follow the auditor’s code with no strain, will be quick to understand any trouble which the pre-clear encounters, and can ordinarily, <b>if properly educated</b>, be expected to carry out a good and responsible role as an auditor. | ||
| + | | 3.0 would be the lowest level of the auditor for any truly successful auditing. At this level, the auditor will be interested, sympathetic, able to follow the Auditor’s Code with no strain, will be quick to understand any trouble which the preclear encounters and can ordinarily, <b>in the presence of education</b>, be expected to carry out a good and responsible role as an auditor. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-265</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-513</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In short, it takes life and energy in an individual to bring into being life and energy in others. And <b>conversely</b>, that person low on the tone scale, in order to climb up the scale or even to exist at his level, pulls heavily upon the life and energy of those around him. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In short, it takes life and energy in an individual to bring into being life and energy in others. And <b>reversely</b>, that person low on the Tone Scale, in order to climb up the scale or even to exist at his level, pulls heavily upon the life and energy of those around him. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Definition of “conversely”: introducing a statement or idea that reverses one that has just been made or referred to. (http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/conversely</i>)] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-267</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-515</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The two individuals should be somewhere near parity on the tone scale and should be, certainly, above 2.0 on the tone scale. A disparity will bring about the condition that one of them is doing all the auditing, and there is no mutual exchange. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The two individuals should be somewhere near parity on the Tone Scale and should be, certainly, above 2.0 on the Tone Scale. A disparity will bring about the condition that one of them is doing all the auditing <b>and one of them is receiving all the auditing</b> and there is no mutual exchange. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-268</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-516</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | Any double or triangular co-auditing team should be careful to keep parity. No member of the team should be permitted <b>to lag</b> so that a disparity in tone level can result. | ||
| + | | Any double or triangular co-auditing team should be careful to keep parity. No member of the team should be permitted <b>to lag back </b>so that a disparity in tone level can result. | ||
| + | |}<br><br><br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | == CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE (COLUMN AR – How To Audit The Case) == | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-269</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-517</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In this chapter we will <b>take up cases at particular tone levels</b>. It should be remembered that an individual can exist <b>at any</b> one of these tone levels and still be considered “rational” by the current society. <b>There is one very important caution</b> an auditor should observe in starting a case. Either he evaluates the case on the chart with thoroughness and so knows the type of case he is addressing, or he uses, in the absence of chart evaluation, very light methods of processing such as straight memory or the scanning of minor lock chains. <b>The auditor</b> will not be able to determine <b>rapidly</b> where his pre-clear lies on the tone scale, unless he has the chart before him and has made a test of the somatic and general responses of his pre-clear. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | In this chapter we will <b>take up particular tone level cases</b>. It should be remembered that an individual can exist <b>on any</b> one of these tone levels and still be considered “rational” by the current society. <b>There are two things</b> an auditor should observe in starting a case. Either he evaluates the case on the chart with thoroughness and so knows the type of case he is addressing. Or he uses, in the absence of chart evaluation, very light methods of processing such as Straight Memory or the scanning of minor lock chains. <b>Unless the auditor is very experienced</b>, he will not be able to determine <b>immediately</b> where his preclear lies on the Tone Scale unless he has the chart before him and has made a test of the somatics and general responses of his preclear. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-272</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-521</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | However, the 3.0 has nearly all of his engrams ready to be run <b>as individual incidents</b>. | ||
| + | | However, the 3.0 has nearly all of his engrams ready to be run <b>by Standard Procedure</b>. | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>1975: B2-273</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-522</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 3.0 level is definitely the area where an erasure is begun. Engrams <b>do not ordinarily reduce</b> at this level, but erase. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The 3.0 level is definitely the area where an erasure is begun. Engrams <b>do not reduce</b> at this level, but erase. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-276</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b>2007: B2-524</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The engram in the 1.5 has so much authority that when free theta approaches it, that theta is itself enturbulated. Thus, the auditor should avoid running engrams at 1.5. <b>The use of straight memory becomes very important at 1.5.</b> Here a trick of straight memory becomes very important. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The engram in the 1.5 has so much authority that when free theta approaches it, that theta is itself enturbulated. Thus, the auditor should avoid running engrams at 1.5. Here, a trick of Straight Memory becomes very important. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>An entire sentence was dropped here.</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-277</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-525</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The patience of an auditor is easily exhausted when dealing with <u>a 1.1, for the</u> 1.1 may he down on the couch and knowingly run <b>complete imaginary incidents</b>, reporting somatics and perceptics which he does not have. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The patience of an auditor is easily exhausted when dealing <u>with a 1 .1. For</u> the 1.1 may lie down on the couch and knowingly run <b>completely imaginary incidents</b>, reporting somatics and perceptics which he does not have. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-277</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-526</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He has, evidently, merely turned an enMEST manifestation into an entheta manifestation, so that although the chronic somatic no longer troubles the 1.1 as physical pain, it troubles him exceedingly as <b>mental</b><b>aberration</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | He has evidently merely turned an enMEST manifestation into an entheta manifestation, so that although the chronic somatic no longer troubles the 1.1 as physical pain, it troubles him exceedingly as <b>mental aberrations</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>Plural “aberrations” now does not agree with singular “chronic somatic.”</i>] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | UNBURDENING ENGRAMS <br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-280</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-430</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | I have not had sufficient opportunity to test thoroughly its potentialities or <b>to locate it properly</b> on the tone scale. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | I have not had sufficient opportunity to test thoroughly its potentialities or <b>to properly locate it</b> on the Tone Scale. | ||
| + | |}<br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-280</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-430</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor has the locks scanned one or more times, working with the file clerk. Then the auditor, using again standard procedure for engrams, runs that engram once more or twice more or until any additional material has been reduced. Then he has the pre-clear scan all the locks of that engram <b>again</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | The auditor has the locks scanned one or more times, working with the file clerk. Then the auditor, using again Standard Procedure for engrams, runs that engram once more or twice more or until any additional material has been reduced. Then he <b>again</b> has the preclear scan all the locks of that engram. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | [<i>This may not seem like a material alteration except for resulting in a less pleasant read, but then again, why make such a change in the first place?</i>] <br><br> | ||
| + | [In 2007 edition, Unburdering Engrams section was moved to the end of Chapter 13 in Book Two – <i>Column AI</i> Engrams.] <br><br><br> | ||
| + | POSITIVE PROCESSING <br><br> | ||
| + | {| border="1" | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 1975: B2-281</b> | ||
| + | | align="center" scope="col" width="50%" | <b> 2007: B2-328</b> | ||
| + | |- | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By looking for and bringing to view the theta, <b>the auditor </b><b>may improve the pre-clear’s tone-considerably</b>. | ||
| + | | valign="top" | By looking for and bringing to view the theta, <b>a preclear may be considerably improved in tone</b>. | ||
| + | |}<br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | [In 2007 edition, Positive Processing section was moved to the end of Chapter 8 in Book Two – <i>Column AD</i> Pleasure Moments. The last paragraph originally appearing at the end of Positive Processing section was split up into three paragraphs and moved into its own chapter at the end of 2007 book titled “The Goal of Processing.”] | ||
| + | |||
| + | <br><br> | ||
| + | [1975 printing also had an updated Auditor's Code - "THE AUDITOR'S CODE OF 1958" - on page 285. Strangely enough there is no Auditor's Code cited at the end of 2007 book. There is of course still a chapter “The Auditor's Code” in Book Two, Chapter 2.]<br> | ||
| + | |||
| + | = related pages = | ||
| + | * [[Internet Library]] | ||
| + | * [[L Ron Hubbard Book Alterations]] | ||
| + | * [[Fundamentals of Thought - Alterations]] | ||
| + | * [[A History of Man - Alterations]] | ||
| + | |||
| + | == [http://scientolipedia.org/info/Admin_Scale#Tech_Preservation_projects project page] == | ||
Latest revision as of 13:11, October 21, 2013
L Ron Hubbard's Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
and Scientology books have been altered from his original writings and publications, and not for the better - the proof is in this and related articles attached.
| |
| 1970's Publication | 2007 Publication |
Comparing 15th printing (1975) of the original 1951 edition copyrighted under L. Ron Hubbard [ISBN 0-88404-001-1] to 2007 altered edition copyrighted under “L. Ron Hubbard Library” [ISBN 978-1-4031-4485-0]
Please, keep in mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
the statements made by David Miscavige with respect to “correcting” the original text when he released his 2007 version of Science of Survival at the Basics release event in 2007:
“The chart of human evaluation is not only the primary tool of a casethe whole sum of past by-passed charge. (HCOB 19 Aug 63)
supervisor, but the theta-MEST1. a coined word, meaning matter, energy, space and time, the physical universe. All physical phenomena may be considered as energy operating in space and time. The movement of matter or energy in time is the measure of space. All things are mest except theta. (Abil 114-A)...More
theory and the tone scale5. a scale which plots the descending spiral of life from full vitality and consciousness through half-vitality and half-consciousness down to death. (SA, p . 3 7 )...More
is the basis of our entire Grade Chart! In other words, to say the book is important would be a gross understatement.”
...
“When Science of Survival was published it was presented with a subtitle of 'Simpler and Faster Techniques.' If that's the casethe whole sum of past by-passed charge. (HCOB 19 Aug 63)
, then how come so many find it so complex?”
...
“This too was a dictated book. And since the transcriptionist and the editor were the first to touch this book, the very book defining the various tone levels, it then follows that they were also the first one one (1.1) since the tone level was discovered. And here is what I mean – they were so indecisive they really didn’t know where to begin or end the sentence, specifically, here is where they weren’t sure if it should be a comma or a period and so they split the difference and used a semicolon [presenting animated example of a page on the screen getting populated with semicolons, not a photocopy from an actual book] which a good percentage of readers never understood in the first place. And given one semicolon begets another, it wasn't long before it was the march of the semicolons frustrating readers and lengthening lines to word clearers from one end of Scientology to another.
Not that I want to overstate the matter or bad mouth somebody who was trying, but when you consider that even when they didn't use their multitudes of semicolons, they still started sentence in the wrong place, and when you further consider that when the book was returned to its original and intended form, it reads with a simplicity of a Self-Analysis – it really does bare comment. So let me put it this way: yes, this book too is now perfect; and the number of incorrect instances of punctuations that had to be corrected – hang on to your seat – three thousand eight hundred and twenty five (3825). So yes, you were right, something just didn't make sense.
[audience standing up and clapping]
Whereupon what more is there to say? Students were previously spending weeks upon weeks digging their way through this book, perhaps “suffering” is a better word; and yet many students currently on a pilot program are completing this 550 page book in as little as 22 hours. Even if you double or triple that time you are still looking at one tenth (1/10th) previous times.
So for the first time you have LRHL. Ron Hubbard's text as he originally intended providing the very basics of the Tone Scale, The Basic Laws of Theta1. theta is thought, life force, elan vital, the spirit, the soul, or any other of the numerous definitions it has had for some thousands of years. (SOS, p. 4)...More
– ARC1. a word from the initial letters of Affinity, Reality, Communication which together equate to Understanding. It is pronounced by stating its letters, A-R- C. To Scientologists it has come to mean good feeling, love or friendliness, such as “He was in ARC with his friend.” One does not, however, fall out of ARC, he has an ARC break. (LRH Def. Notes)...more
, including their interaction on the tone scale5. a scale which plots the descending spiral of life from full vitality and consciousness through half-vitality and half-consciousness down to death. (SA, p . 3 7 )...More
, and so it goes chapter by chapter. For any who have ever had difficulty with the book, it's now so clear – you will actually wonder where the confusion ever was. Because the book is that simple – JUST as LRHL. Ron Hubbard wrote it.”
You can see the full version of this video on the official Church of Scientology website at this address: http://www.scientology.org/david-miscavige/basic-books-and-lectures.html
The segment about Science of Survival starts at 57:17 time marker of the video.
For those Scientologists who truly bought into this “parade of lies,” consider this. Science of Survival was first published in 1951. Ron Hubbard officially “departed” in 1986. Unlike some other basic books, Science of Survival never even had another edition in all of 30 years that this book was in publication and in active use during the earlier time in Scientology history. The same text was simply reprinted in consecutive reprints as can be seen on the copyright page of the 1975 reprint used in this report. Do you really think that Ron Hubbard, a very experienced and accomplished writer, in all of 30 years of using Science of Survival never even bothered to check if the book was exactly as he wanted? This is especially in light of the fact that this is the one book, apart from Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
, which provides the foundation for the entire Grade Chart as David Miscavige himself had noted?
In addition, Science of Survival is one of the few books that was placed on record with the U.S. Library of Congress carrying a unique U.S. Library of Congress number (52-5566). Do you think that Ron Hubbard did not make sure that “all the commas were in the right place” before the book was fixed in its state to be preserved for future generations?
Do you also not think that if any students had difficulties understanding the book because of “semicolons” that it would not be brought to Ron Hubbard's attention in all of 30 years that he was in charge1. harmful energy or force accumulated and stored within the reactive mind, resulting from the conflicts and unpleasant experiences that a person has had. Auditing discharges this charge so that it is no longer there to affect the individual. (Scn AD)..more
of the Church?
David Miscavige also misstated an important fact. The first publication of the book was NOT subtitled “Simpler and Faster Techniques.” As can be seen on the description page in 1976 Technical Volume I, Science of Survival was originally subtitled “Simplified, Faster Dianetic Techniques” which would make sense since it is the next book that followed after the first publication of “Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
: The Modern Science of Mental Health.” And, once you have it in front you, it is almost impossible not to notice how toward the end of his talk David Miscavige says “just as LRHL. Ron Hubbard wrote it.” Didn't he earlier state that the book was DICTATED? That's whyThat basic outness found which will lead to a recovery of stats. (HCO PL 13 Oct 70 II)
“the transcriptionist and the editor were the first to touch this book.” No? Is this not a clear example of Miscavige starting to get tangled up in his own web of deception?
4th printing (same year as first publication in 1951) of the original text was also available for this review and is sometimes referred to in comments on alterations. It has not been compared on lineThe military type of organization form whereby there is a definite ascending and descending chain of command. Orders pass from top management down the line of command and compliances and data pass on up without by-passing the chain of command. (Modern Management Defined (c) L. Ron Hubbard, 1976)
by lineThe military type of organization form whereby there is a definite ascending and descending chain of command. Orders pass from top management down the line of command and compliances and data pass on up without by-passing the chain of command. (Modern Management Defined (c) L. Ron Hubbard, 1976)
basis, but on cursory inspection of the text in the 4th printing it looks exactly the same as the text in the 15th printing which would make sense.
In addition, an earlier - 2001 - version of an already altered edition of "Science of Survival" was also acquired for the purpose of determining the total time frame that the parishioners and staff at the Church of Scientology were exposed to the massive alterations that can be found in 2007 text. Not all alterations cited below have been verified against the 2001 edition, but more serious alterations were looked up and in most cases were found to be already present in 2001 edition. Where it has been verified, it was noted in the comments that such alteration is or is not present in 2001 edition. Where it is not noted, it is safe to just assume that such an alteration can already be found in 2001 edition of the altered text. This particularly applies to contextual alterations, not to alterations in punctuation.
What this means is that those Scientologists that studied "Science of Survival" beginning with 2001 edition had their minds populated with "crushing MU's," and as many Scientologists familiar with study technologyThe methods of application of an art or science as opposed to mere knowledge of the science or art itself. (HCOB 13 Sep 65) ''Abbr.'' tech
know that this can lead to a variety of undesirable phenomena including: lack of comprehension, inability to apply, confusion and strange ideas, committing overts (harmful acts), and blowing from the subject altogether. And this is just ONE book out of a pile of other materials that could have been and probably were altered in various ways.
To aid the ease of analysis, alterations in "Science of Survival" can be separated in four major categories:
Alterations in CAPITALIZATION
Alterations in SPELLING
Alterations in PUNCTUATION / SENTENCE STRUCTURE
Alterations in WORDING
Some key terms relating to grammar should be cleared before reading this report: sentence, subject, verb; coordinating conjunction; participle adjective; the use of a comma, a period, a semicolon, parenthesis and a dash in punctuation.
Note! Boldformatting in citations was added to highlight key areas of alteration.Key areas of punctuation will be underlined.Square brackets - [ ] - were used to insert comment where needed. With a few exceptions comments will also appear in italics, but italics formatting inside the quotations is original formatting of how it appeared in the book from where it was quoted.
Many dianetic terms have been capitalized which were not capitalized in the original text:
Dianetic, Dianetically, Dianetic Release3. a person who has been able to back out of his bank. The bank is still there but the person isn't sunk into it with all its somatics and depressions. (HCOB 2 Apr 65) 6. a series of gradual key-outs. At any given one of those key-outs the individual detaches from the remainder of his reactive bank. (SH
Spec 65, 6507C27)...More
, Release3. a person who has been able to back out of his bank. The bank is still there but the person isn't sunk into it with all its somatics and depressions. (HCOB 2 Apr 65) 6. a series of gradual key-outs. At any given one of those key-outs the individual detaches from the remainder of his reactive bank. (SH
Spec 65, 6507C27)...More
, Clear3. a Clear is not an all-knowing being. A Clear is somebody who has lost the mass, energy, space and time connected with the thing called mind . ( SH Spec 80, 6609C08) ...more
, Tone Scale, Tone, Straight Memory, Lock Scanningone contacts an early lock on the track and goes rapidly or slowly through all such similar incidents straight to present time. One does this many times and the whole chain of locks become ineffective in influencing one. (HFP, pp. 99-100)
, Lock Scan, Lock Scanned, Lock Reduction, Chain Scanning, Repeater Technique, Affinity, Reality, and Communication, First through Seventh Dynamic, Auditor’s Code, Repeater Technique, Theta-MEST1. a coined word, meaning matter, energy, space and time, the physical universe. All physical phenomena may be considered as energy operating in space and time. The movement of matter or energy in time is the measure of space. All things are mest except theta. (Abil 114-A)...More
Theory, Standard Procedure, Positive Processing.
The word “clear” was capitalized into absurdity of having it capitalized where it did not even mean the state of clear as in “Clear3. a Clear is not an all-knowing being. A Clear is somebody who has lost the mass, energy, space and time connected with the thing called mind . ( SH Spec 80, 6609C08) ...more
-thinking”:
2007: B2-267) Well, Clear3. a Clear is not an all-knowing being. A Clear is somebody who has lost the mass, energy, space and time connected with the thing called mind . ( SH Spec 80, 6609C08) ...more
-thinking, strong individuals are highly necessary in this society at this time.
Word “clear” was also improperly capitalized where it served as a participle adjective “cleared”:
2007: B2-382) The auditor1. one who listens and computes; a Scn practitioner. 2. one who has been trained in the technology of Scn. An auditor applies standard technology to preclears. 3. a person who through church training becomes skilled in the successful application of Dn and Scn to his family, friends and the public to achieve the ability gained as stated on the Gradation Chart for his class of training...more
, thus, must be compatible with the preclear1. a person who, through Scientology processing, is finding out more about himself and life. (The Phoenix Lectures, p. 20) 2. a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming Clear, hence preclear. (HCOB 5 Apr 69) 3. one who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. (HCO PL 21 Aug 63) ''Abbr.'' PC
and must have been Cleared with the preclear1. a person who, through Scientology processing, is finding out more about himself and life. (The Phoenix Lectures, p. 20) 2. a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming Clear, hence preclear. (HCOB 5 Apr 69) 3. one who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. (HCO PL 21 Aug 63) ''Abbr.'' PC
(as a group of two) if he expects to runUndergo processing. (Science of Survival, p.75)
any secondary engrams on this preclear1. a person who, through Scientology processing, is finding out more about himself and life. (The Phoenix Lectures, p. 20) 2. a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming Clear, hence preclear. (HCOB 5 Apr 69) 3. one who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. (HCO PL 21 Aug 63) ''Abbr.'' PC
.
Some other terms not directly related to Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
were capitalized as well:
Absolute Truth, Forced of Good, Forces of Evil, Devil, Communism, Man, Mankind, Mama and Papa.
It is interesting to note that while the word “devil” was capitalized in instances where it was not capitalized in the original text, the word “Godless” was de-capitalized where it was capitalized in the original text.
Many words which were originally spelled using proper British spelling were changed into American spelling format. The following is a list of words that were noted to have been changed in spelling. There could be more examples in text:
Favour > favor; behaviour > behavior; endeavour > endeavor; amongst > among; skilfully > skillfully; honour > honor; analyser > analyzer; sanatorium > sanitarium; theatre > threater; anaesthetic > anesthetic; labelled > labeled; odour > odor; mould > mold; centre > center; programme > program; towards > toward; favourite > favorite; pretence > pretense; judgement > judgment; odour > odor; paralyse > paralyze; criticising > criticizing.
Many numbers that were written in words were changed to number format such as “seventy” to “70.”
There were also changes in the use of a hyphen in either adding or removing it such as in the following examples:
A-R-C > ARC1. a word from the initial letters of Affinity, Reality, Communication which together equate to Understanding. It is pronounced by stating its letters, A-R- C. To Scientologists it has come to mean good feeling, love or friendliness, such as “He was in ARC with his friend.” One does not, however, fall out of ARC, he has an ARC break. (LRH Def. Notes)...more
; pre-clear > preclear1. a person who, through Scientology processing, is finding out more about himself and life. (The Phoenix Lectures, p. 20) 2. a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming Clear, hence preclear. (HCOB 5 Apr 69) 3. one who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. (HCO PL 21 Aug 63) ''Abbr.'' PC
; psycho-surgery > psychosurgery; psycho-therapist > psychotherapist; coaudit > co-auditThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
; nonsurvival > non-survival; un-enturbulate > unentrubulate
At the center stage of changes in punctuation is breaking down joined sentences often resulting in a very much unwanted dispersal of conceptual concentration and an unpleasant read.
Many sentences that were joined with a coordinating conjunction (and, but, for, etc) and a comma were broken down with a period. Examples:
Some sentences with a coordinating conjunction were broken down where there was not even a punctuation mark such as a comma or a semicolon requiring a pause. Examples:
| 1975: B1-13 | 2007: B1-15 |
| The result is that when he is in a restimulative environment he may be covertly hostile but in a more favourable environment he may be analytically very productive. |
The result is that when he is in a restimulative environment, he may be covertly hostile. But in a more favorable environment, he may be analytically very productive. |
[Also, notice two additional commas requiring a pause where there doesn’t need to be one.]
Few sentences that were originally separated with a period were combined instead. Examples:
[Here replacing period with a comma between “newsprint” and “it” resulted in a grammatical error called “comma splice.” See more explanation on this and the use of a semicolon in a separate section below.]
Many sentences that were joined with a semicolon with or without a coordinating conjunction were broken down with a period (see “MORE ON THE USE OF A SEMICOLON” section for examples).
The indiscriminate breaking down of sentences extended into a total absurdity of resulting in sentences that are grammatically incorrect:
[“Then to grief” is an incomplete sentence since it does not contain a verb and is just a continuation of the concept being expressed in the preceding sentence.]
[Notice how in the original sentence a semicolon was skillfully used to connect related sentences in a more continuous flow1. an impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or masses between terminals. (HCOB 3 Feb 69)...more
of thought – this was broken up with periods in the “corrected” 2007 version. In addition, “in Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
” was surrounded by commas where it did not need to be, and “in short, anything physically uncomfortable” was separated into its own sentence resulting in incorrect grammar since it does not contain a verb.]
Here is another clear example:
[Here “And will assert more reality, but will actually have less” is not a correct sentence because it does not contain a subject. The comma between “less” and “and” was used in the original text as a matter of style and not to separate two sentences joined with a coordinating conjunction as usually the casethe whole sum of past by-passed charge. (HCOB 19 Aug 63)
. Also, there is no need for a pause between “reality” and “but” so there was no need to have a comma in that place.]
MORE ON THE USE OF A SEMICOLON
Let’s look at Miscavige’s claim with respect to the use a semicolon a little closer:
“…they [transcriptionist and the editor] were so indecisive they really didn’t know where to begin or end the sentence, specifically, here is where they weren’t sure if it should be a comma or a period and so they split the difference and used a semicolon…”
First of all, there was no “they.” The author of the book is L. Ron Hubbard. Second, this utterly absurd statement should make one wonder – does David Miscavige himself understand the use of a semicolon in sentences or even the grammatical construct of sentences in general? It is quite obvious from the ample examples provided in this report that this man, who never published a single book in his life, must himself lack some very basic education to say the least.
So what are the rules for using a semicolon? This can be easily answered by anyone with Internet access and some ability to read. Some good resources for understanding the use of a semicolon:
http://oxforddictionaries.com/words/semicolon
http://www.grammarbook.com/punctuation/semicolons.asp
http://writing.wisc.edu/Handbook/Semicolons.html (you can also use this website for definition of terms: independent clause, coordinating conjunctions, conjunctive adverbs, and transitional phrases).
General rule: “The main task of the semicolon is to mark a break that is stronger than a comma but not as final as a full stop. It’s used between two main clauses that balance each other and are too closely linked to be made into separate sentences.” [1]:
More specific use: “Use a semicolon between two independent clauses that are connected by conjunctive adverbs or transitional phrases.” [2]:
Another specific use: “Use a semicolon between independent clauses joined by a coordinating conjunction if the clauses are already punctuated with commas or if the clauses are lengthy.” [3]:
Grammatical error: “Both parts of the sentence are independent clauses, and commas should not be used to connect independent clauses if there is no coordinating conjunction. This mistake is known as a comma splice.” [4]:
MISLEADING USE OF PARENTHESIS
Parenthesis are commonly used in sentences to include optional text that clarifies something in the sentence but is not considered essential, meaning – if you read the sentence without the text in parenthesis, it is still a complete communication1. the consideration and action of impelling an impulse or particle from source point across a distance to receipt point with the intention of bringing into being at the receipt point a duplication and understanding of that which emanated from the source point. (HCOB 5 Apr 73)...more
. There are quite a number of cases throughout 2007 "Science of Survival" where phrases within sentences were surrounded with parenthesis erroneously communicating to readers that the text now enclosed in parenthesis is an optional addition and non-essential instead of being an inseparable part of the sentence. Here are a few examples:
| 1975: B1-49 | 2007: B1-56 |
| Being emotional, however, would indicate, if the emotionality agreed with current circumstances, a rational state of being. |
Being emotional, however, would indicate (if the emotionality agreed with current circumstances) a rational state of being. |
[The sentence means something entirely different without the text that was enclosed in parenthesis here.]
[There is absolutely nothing optional about the text that was enclosed in parenthesis in this sentence.]
Examples of misusing parenthesis like the few above are abundant throughout the text – at least a few in nearly every chapter. Alterations in punctuation overall however are so abundant that it would be an overwhelming task to even just count every single occurrence. Miscavige did say 3825 – he wasn't kidding.
Acknowledgement
| 1975: Acknowledgement [5]</a> | 2007: Acknowledgment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acknowledgement is made to fifty-thousand years of thinking men without whose speculations and observations the creation and construction of Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
and my instructors in atomic and molecular phenomena, mathematics and the humanities at George Washington University and at Princeton |
A C K N O W L E D G M E N T To fifty thousand years | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
[Here we have a change from something specific to a generality.]
1975 Printing also included a dedication [6] to L. Ron Hubbard's daughter Diana Hubbard. It was disgracefully dropped from 2007 publication.
The Goal of Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
- Notice how even a barely noticeable change of a verb from past to present tense results in a material alteration of the meaning conveyed by the author.
- Obviously, since the Publisher's Introduction (the following chapter of 23 pages in 1975 printing) presenting casethe whole sum of past by-passed charge. (HCOB 19 Aug 63)
studies demonstrating Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
' effectiveness was eliminated from 2007 “edition” (it was already not there in 2001 altered edition), the sentence letting readers know that there was indeed such a document in the book also had to go.
- Yes indeed, and that would include stopping the practice by populating its materials with subversive alterations.
Publisher's Introduction
This section was deleted entirely from 2007 and 2001 editions.
Introduction
| 1975: xxxiv | 2007: vi |
|---|---|
| Simply reading this book then, although it contains all the basic information, does not qualify an individual to practice professionally. But once he has thoroughly studied this book, he should be able to handle routine cases without difficulty. | Simply reading this book, then, although it contains all the pertinent information, does not qualify an individual to practice professionally. But once he has thoroughly studied this book, he should be able to handle routine cases without difficulty. |
| 1975: xxxv | 2007: vii |
| You can’t drive anybody mad with Dianetic processing. Cases driven mad by Dianetic processing do not exist. Cases do exist where reversed techniques have been criminally used on persons. | You can’t drive anybody mad with standard Dianetic processing. You can make people somewhat unhappy. Cases driven mad by Dianetic processing do not exist. Cases do exist where reversed techniques have been criminally used on persons. |
- A completely new sentence was arbitrarily added here.
BOOK ONE
CHAPTER ONE (COLUMN A – The Tone Scale)
- Notice an example of breaking down a sentence “...therapies. And...” The last sentence does not appear in 1975 15th printing or in 1951 4th printing of the original text, but it does already appear in 2001 altered edition.
- This alteration can already be found in 2001 edition.
- “Rises” is the correct word to use, not “raises” - see noun definitions in Oxford dictionary:
- Last two sentences urging readers to overthrow an “entheta1. means enturbulated theta (thought or life); especially refers to communications, which, based on lies and confusions, are slanderous, choppy or destructive in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress a person or group. (Scn AD) 2. theta which has been confused and chaotically mixed with the material universe and which will lie in this confusion until death or some other process disenturbulates it. Theta, below 2.0 on the tone scale, we call entheta. (SOS, p. 41) 3. anger, sarcasm, despair, slyly destructive suggestions. (HTLTAE, p. 88)
” government does not appear in 1975 15th printing nor in 1951 4th printing, but it does appear in 2001 altered edition.]
CHAPTER TWO (COLUMN B – Dianetic Evaluation)
| 1975: B1-19 | 2007: B1-22 |
| The use of the term “average” or “normal” is susceptible to considerable misunderstanding. It simply means the average of the population’s intelligence and ability. It is remarkably low in the United States compared to what it could be. But the United States’ average is considerably higher than that, for instance, of Panama. | The use of the term “average” or “normal” is susceptible to considerable misunderstanding. It simply means the average of the population’s intelligence and ability. It is remarkably low in the United States compared to what it could be, but the United States’ average is considerably higher than that of other nations. |
CHAPTER THREE (COLUMN C Physiology and Behavior)
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER FOUR (COLUMN D – Psychiatric Range)
[Who is the author of the additional text? These alterations were already present in 2001 edition.]
CHAPTER FIVE (COLUMN E – Medical Range)
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER SIX (The Basic Laws of Theta1. theta is thought, life force, elan vital, the spirit, the soul, or any other of the numerous definitions it has had for some thousands of years. (SOS, p. 4)...More
Affinity - Reality - Communication)
| 1975: B1-36 | 2007: B1-42 |
| We have thought of evolution in the past as something stretched back along the eons, as a graduated scale of various species which changed as the ages progressed down to our present life forms. | We have thought of evolution in the past as something stretched out back down the eons, as a graduated scale of various species which changed as the ages progressed down to our present life forms. |
[Here is a great example of how a small change in word results in a substantial change in meaning.]
[Word “depress” cannot even be used in the way it is used in 2007 text.]
[The two sentences defining the Eighth Dynamic were not written by L. Ron Hubbard. This text does not appear even in 2001 altered edition. How exactly does one survive “through” the Supreme Being? And in the second sentence “One could consider...” - this sounds completely arbitrary. One can consider many things – they do not suddenly become formal definitions of key terms in the science of Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
!
The ONLY place where a definition for the Eighth Dynamic appears in the original text of Science of Survival is in the Publisher's Introduction – the very section that was not included in either 2001 or 2007 altered versions of the book. The definition went as follows:
1975: xi) Dynamic eight is the urge toward survival as a part of or ward of a Supreme Being. The number eight, laid on its side, gives us the symbol -∞- for infinity.
Even a more precise definition of the Eighth Dynamic is given in the original Fundamentals of Thought book:
1975: 38) “THE EIGHTH DYNAMIC — is the urge toward existence as Infinity. This is also identified as the Supreme Being. It is carefully observed here that the science of Scientology does not intrude into the Dynamic of the Supreme Being. This is called the Eighth Dynamic because the symbol of infinity stood upright makes the numeral “8”. This can be called the INFINITY or GOD DYNAMIC.”
Note, the sentence in bold does not appear in the corresponding text of 2007 altered edition of Fundamentals of Thought. For more information on alterations in this book, see a separate alterations report.]
CHAPTER SEVEN (COLUMN F – Emotion)
[Here is a perfect example of how a skilled use of a semicolon demonstrating author's extensive experience as a writer was “corrected” by replacing it with a period which results in poor grammar and an unpleasant interruption of the smooth flow1. an impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or masses between terminals. (HCOB 3 Feb 69)...more
of author's thought.]
[How is this for a "correction"?]
CHAPTER EIGHT (COLUMN G – Affinity)
| 1975: B1-56 | 2007: B1-64 |
| Around 2.5 the individual begins to neglect his own person, or people in general. | Around 2.5 the individual begins to neglect persons or people in general. |
[Here “his own person” means himself.]
| 1975: B1-57 | 2007: B1-65 |
| For instance, the rejected sweetheart reaching this level of grief may invent all manner of odd and peculiar incidents of cruelty on the part of the last lover in order to win the sympathy of those around her. | For instance, the rejected sweetheart, reaching this level of grief, may invent all manner of odd and peculiar incidents of cruelty on the part o f the past lover in order to win the sympathy of those around her. |
[Notice how replacing “last” with “past” noticeably reduces clarity of the sentence.]
[How is this for generating some confusion which is already present in 2001 edition? Hey, at least “rise” was not changed to “raise” in this sentence.]
CHAPTER NINE (Communication and Reality)
| 1975: B1-59 | 2007: B1-69 |
| It might be said that we have potentially a sensory reception mechanism for every type of sense message which can be radiated or delivered to us from the physical universe, and from the theta universe. | It might be said that we have, potentially, a sensory reception mechanism for every type of sense message which can be radiated or delivered to us by the physical universe and from the theta universe |
[“...by the physical universe” as if the physical universe has a mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
of its own all of a sudden.]
| 1975: B1-63 | 2007: B1-73 |
| When a man is unable to contact the reality of the present or appreciate it, and when he cannot compute his own future and act upon that computation, that man is considered in varying degrees neurotic or psychotic. | When a man is unable to contact the reality of the present or appreciate it and when he cannot compute his own future and act upon that computation, that person is considered in varying degrees neurotic or psychotic. |
CHAPTER TEN (COLUMN H – Sonic)
| 1975: B1-67 | 2007: B1-77 |
| These are very easy to spot, however, since dub-in sonic usually is inane. | These are very easy to spot, however, since dub-in sonic usually is inane and does not make sense. |
[“inane” already means that it “does not make sense” according to the very definition of the word.]
[In addition to a missing phrase, notice how a change in punctuation from a comma to a period results in a loss of meaning: a clear connection between losing a dub-in through contacting the circuit1. a part of an individual’s bank that behaves as though it were someone or something separate from him and that either talks to him or goes into action of its own accord, and may even, if severe enough, take control of him while it operates. A tune that keeps going around in someone’s head is an example of a circuit. (NOTL Gloss)...more
that is causing it is lost.]
| 1975: B1-69 | 2007: B1-79 |
| This has misled practitioners and authorities in the past into believing that sonic recall was only to be found in idiots and morons, an entire falsity based on limited observation. | This has misled practitioners of the healing arts in the past to believe that sonic recall was only to be found in idiots and morons— an entire falsity based on limited observation. |
| 1975: B1-69 | 2007: B1-80 |
| The thinking on this subject in the past has been entirely too short. The strange belief has been held in the past that a great deal of aberration meant a great deal of thrust and drive and, therefore, that an individual who was neurotic could be expected to perform in the arts and in other directions m ore ably than a person who was sane. | The thinking on this subject in the past has been entirely too short. The observation has been, in past schools, that a great deal of aberration meant a great deal of thrust and drive and, therefore, that an individual who was neurotic could be expected to perform in the arts and in other directions more ably than a person who was sane. |
[“Belief” and “observation” are totally different concepts!]
[Looks like someone was getting confused here – a portion of the sentence “The tone of the individual goes up when running moments of pleasure” already communicated the fact that one's tone goes up from running “moments of pleasure existing in the past.” It does not need to be repeated in another arbitrarily added portion of text in a sentence.]
CHAPTER ELEVEN (COLUMN I – Visio)
[Without clarifying definition in parenthesis, “runUndergo processing. (Science of Survival, p.75)
” could definitely be misunderstood in 2007 text.]
CHAPTER TWELVE (COLUMN J – Somatics)
[Grief is not always a mis-emotion5. emotion could be called the energy manifestation of affinity. As used in Dn, emotion could be called the index of the state of being. In the English language, “emotional” is often considered synonymous with “irrational.” This would seem to assume that if one is emotional one cannot be reasonable. No more unreasonable assumption could possibly be made. (SOS, p. 48)...more
. It is only a mis-emotion5. emotion could be called the energy manifestation of affinity. As used in Dn, emotion could be called the index of the state of being. In the English language, “emotional” is often considered synonymous with “irrational.” This would seem to assume that if one is emotional one cannot be reasonable. No more unreasonable assumption could possibly be made. (SOS, p. 48)...more
when it is not appropriate to the given circumstances. Also, notice how “correcting” punctuations went to the extent of resulting in INCORRECT GRAMMAR. “In short, anything physically uncomfortable.” is not a proper sentence since it does not contain a predicate which in itself must contain a verb – see any basic grammar materials for clarification.]
[The word “extremely” was eliminated.]
[The added sentence definitely jumps out like something that just doesn't quite belong, and indeed it was not there in the original text.]
CHAPTER THIRTEEN (COLUMN K – Speech, Talks Speech, Listens)
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER FOURTEEN (COLUMN L – Subject’s Handling of Written or Spoken Communication when Acting as a Relay Point)
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER FIFTEEN (COLUMN M – Reality (Agreement))
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER SIXTEEN (COLUMN N – Condition of Track and Valences)
[Who added this sentence?]
[Here again someone decided to add one's own “clarification” by essentially paraphrasing what was already said in the previous sentence.]
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN (COLUMN O – Manifestation of Engrams and Locks)
[Quite obviously, this book is not just about auditingThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
. This additional phrase is completely inappropriate.]
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN (COLUMN P – Sexual Behaviour, Attitude Toward Children)
[The insertion of “that” is completely inappropriate. Here again replacing semicolon with a comma resulted in comma splice grammatical error since the word “since” is not a coordinating conjunction.]
[To stop Free Love sounds quite nonsenical, and it was already included in the concept of immorality according to the logic in the paragraph.]
[Notice how an addition of degrading labels shifts the emphasis from aberrated conduct at this tone level (which can be remedied with processing) to a sort of hatred of the actual people that may reside in this band. This unwelcome addition is already present in 2001 edition on page 145.]
CHAPTER NINETEEN (COLUMN Q – Command Over Environment)
[How is this for an example of a 1.1 (subversive) at work? Notice how a great amount of hatred was (covertly) interjected into this text with the sentence on “Psychometry” and the following hateful generalizations with “They” which is in itself a vivid example of an expressed anti-social characteristic fully described in the “Introduction to Scientology” book. These alterations can already be found in 2001 edition on pages 153 and 154.]
CHAPTER TWENTY (COLUMN R – Actual Worth To Society Compared To Apparent Worth)
| 1975: B1-123 | 2007: B1-145 |
| When it becomes perverted, men of money begin to be damned by a society and are sought out as the scapegoats for all its ills; whereas a goodly number of them are the very pivots on which the society is turning. Subversive political movements appeal to the indigence and poverty which is the lot, unfortunately, of a majority of populaces in these days of poorly advanced culture by promising to murder every man of property once a land is taken. The whole cult of anti-Capitalism is something less than a sound philosophic postulate and rather more than a gross appeal to those who have no property and no hope of attaining any. | When it becomes perverted, men of money begin to be damned by a society and are sought out as the scapegoats for all its ills, whereas a goodly number of them are the very pivots on which the society is turning. The subversive appeals to the indigence and poverty which is the lot, unfortunately, of a majority of populaces (in these days of poorly advanced culture) by promising to murder every man of property once a land is taken. The whole cult of anticapitalism is something less than a sound philosophic postulate and rather more than a gross appeal to those who have no property and no hope of attaining any. |
[It clearly stated in the previous sentence that it's from 2.0 not from “zero value.”]
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE (COLUMN S – Ethic Level)
NONE PRESENTED
CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO (COLUMN T – The Handling of Truth)
| 1975: B1-133 | 2007: B1-155 |
| The metaphysician was concerned with absolute truth and considered that it transcended the limits of human experience. | The metaphysician was concerned with Absolute Truth and considered that it transcended the limits of human experience. The social orders of his day must have been not much better than our own. |
[Notice a stark change in meaning of the phrase “absolute truth” when it is capitalized. There is no such thing as “Absolute Truth” that that can be uniquely identified – it is not a proper noun and therefore should not be capitalized.]
| 1975: B1-134 | 2007: B1-156 |
| In common human experience we all know something about the truth and we know that we cannot deal in a black and white breakdown between the truth and lies. Truth is concerned in the issuance and acceptance of data about facts. Some people favour constructivefacts; some favour facts which are not so constructive; some prefer to twist facts; some prefer to hide facts; and some prefer to he about facts. | In common human experience, we all know something about the truth and that we cannot deal in a black and white breakdown between the truth and lies. Truth is concerned in the issuance and acceptance of facts. Some people favor truthfulfacts, some favor facts which are not so truthful, some prefer to twist facts, some prefer to hide facts and some prefer to lie about facts. |
[Also, note that the use of a semicolon is far more appropriate in this casethe whole sum of past by-passed charge. (HCOB 19 Aug 63)
since it requires a longer pause and is used with a list of related sentences where there is no coordinating conjunction expect at the very end (i.e. “and some prefer...”)]
[Here is a serious alteration in applying data presented in this chapter – notice how suggesting an auditor1. one who listens and computes; a Scn practitioner. 2. one who has been trained in the technology of Scn. An auditor applies standard technology to preclears. 3. a person who through church training becomes skilled in the successful application of Dn and Scn to his family, friends and the public to achieve the ability gained as stated on the Gradation Chart for his class of training...more
performs psychometry is in conflict with the following portion of the sentence stating that the auditor1. one who listens and computes; a Scn practitioner. 2. one who has been trained in the technology of Scn. An auditor applies standard technology to preclears. 3. a person who through church training becomes skilled in the successful application of Dn and Scn to his family, friends and the public to achieve the ability gained as stated on the Gradation Chart for his class of training...more
can locate pre-clear on the tone scale5. a scale which plots the descending spiral of life from full vitality and consciousness through half-vitality and half-consciousness down to death. (SA, p . 3 7 )...More
“simply by discovering the type of fact which the preclear1. a person who, through Scientology processing, is finding out more about himself and life. (The Phoenix Lectures, p. 20) 2. a spiritual being who is now on the road to becoming Clear, hence preclear. (HCOB 5 Apr 69) 3. one who is discovering things about himself and who is becoming clearer. (HCO PL 21 Aug 63) ''Abbr.'' PC
likes best.” This alteration is in 2001 altered edition as well on page 169.]
| 1975: B1-135 | 2007: B1-157 |
| At 3.0 we begin to get an onset of conservatism, a cautiousness about receiving or uttering truths, and in our society a short-sighted programme of social lying in order to “avoid hurting people’s feelings.” | At 3.0 we begin to get an onset of conservatism, a cautiousness about receiving or uttering truths, and a shortsighted program of social lying in order to “avoid hurting people’s feelings.” |
[Ron Hubbard's emphasis on “our society” is quite correct since in many non-English speaking cultures there is no social practice of trying to “avoid hurting people's feelings.”]
| 1975: B1-137 | 2007: B1-159 |
| He is an everthirsty sponge for sympathy, and he is a chronic potential suicide. | He is an unsaturable sponge for sympathy and he is a chronic potential suicide. |
[Also notice where it should have been a comma, the comma was removed.]
CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE (COLUMN U – Courage Level)
[Oh, thanks for the added clarification... as if it is already not clear what is talked about from the surrounding sentences.]
| 1975: B1-141 | 2007: B1-164 |
| Shock and courage level are immediately connected. | Shock and courage level are intimately connected. |
[“Immediately” is a far more appropriate word to use in this situation. Please, see formal definitions:
Immediate: http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/immediate
Intimate: http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/intimate]
CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR (COLUMN V – Ability To Handle Responsibility)
| 1975: B1-145 | 2007: B1-168 |
| At tone 2.5, the individual is very careless and not trustworthy, although one may find that the individual takes good care of himself so far as his dress is concerned. He falls markedly short in his concept of what is required of him in order to maintain a high survival level. | At Tone 2.5 the individual is very careless and not trustworthy, although one might find that the individual took good care of himself so far as his dress was concerned. He falls markedly short in his concept of what is required of him in order to maintain a high survival level. |
[Notice how changing verbs into past tense now doesn't agree with the present tense in the following sentence.]
CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE (COLUMN W – Persistence On A Given Course)
| 1975: B1-148 | 2007: B1-171 |
| The individual who has sufficient theta endowment and sufficient structural ability to keep his free theta and his enturbulated theta relatively separate may have a good persistence level even when the factors and conditions in his environment are such that they continually hammer him away from his given course of action. | The individual who has sufficient theta endowment and sufficient structural ability to keep his free theta and his enturbulated theta relatively separate may (but not always) have a good persistence level even when the factors and conditions in his environment are such that they continually hammer him away from his given course of action. |
| 1975: B1-148 | 2007: B1-172 |
| The potential psychotic, on the other hand, is not very apt to have a goal in the first place but is apt to follow any course which comes into view, and then only so long as no environmental factor enters to make him deviate from that course. |
The potential psychotic, on the other hand, is not very apt to have a goal in the first place, but is apt to follow any goal which comes into view and then only so long as no environmental factor enters to make him deviate from that course. |
[Now, it was already stated that a potential psychotic “is not very apt to have a goal” so to then state that he “is apt to follow any goal” is quite confusing to say the least.]
| 1975: B1-149 | 2007: B1-172 |
| The individual may begin with a highly enthusiastic thrust and may through experience become less active and open about his creative and constructive efforts and may assume conservatism and caution. | The individual may begin with a high enthusiastic thrust and may, through experience, become less blunt and open about his creative and constructive efforts and may assume conservatism and caution. |
| 1975: B1-149 | 2007: B1-173 |
| When a man has been defeated too often, and too many of his dreams have been broken, he sinks into the apathy band and thereafter no longer struggles toward his goal. | When a man has been defeated too often, when too many of his dreams have been broken, he sinks into the apathy band and thereafter no longer struggles toward his goal. |
[Also, notice how a very much needed comma was dropped reducing clarity of the sentence. And an auditor1. one who listens and computes; a Scn practitioner. 2. one who has been trained in the technology of Scn. An auditor applies standard technology to preclears. 3. a person who through church training becomes skilled in the successful application of Dn and Scn to his family, friends and the public to achieve the ability gained as stated on the Gradation Chart for his class of training...more
taking responsibility for processing is not an “incidental” factor – it is at the foundation of the entire practice!]
CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX (COLUMN X – Literalness With Which Statements Or Remarks Are Received)
| 1975: B1-153 | 2007: B1-177 |
| Rationalization is, in essence, differentiation; reacting is, in essence, identification. | Rationalizing is, in essence, differentiation. Reacting is, in essence, identification. |
[Notice how replacing the semicolon with a period introduces a very unpleasant interruption in a continuous flow1. an impulse or direction of energy particles or thought or masses between terminals. (HCOB 3 Feb 69)...more
of the communicated concept.]
CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN (COLUMN Y – Method Used By Subject To Handle Others)
[Notice how the added sentence introduces some confusion since it gives not “other” but the same names that were already mentioned, except for “domination” since that word was dropped where “punishment drive” was first brought up in 2007 text. Also, notice how replacing period with a comma in “...means. Forcing...” results in an improper grammatical structure and could in itself result in a sense of a “crushing MU.” And, obviously, one does not “attain” lower levels – he “sinks” there.]
[And one wonders whyThat basic outness found which will lead to a recovery of stats. (HCO PL 13 Oct 70 II)
there have been so many reports of aggression at the Church of Scientology. Look at who's in charge1. harmful energy or force accumulated and stored within the reactive mind, resulting from the conflicts and unpleasant experiences that a person has had. Auditing discharges this charge so that it is no longer there to affect the individual. (Scn AD)..more
of it!]
| 1975: B1-160 | 2007: B1-186 |
| At this level we have murder, by slow erosion, of individuals and the culture, each harmful action being masked with voluminous “reasoning.” | At this level we have murder, by slow erosion of individuals and the culture, and the actions are masked with voluminous “reasoning.” |
[David Miscavige is a prime example of this – providing “voluminous reasoning” for his covert destruction of L. Ron Hubbard's works.]
| 1975: B1-163 | 2007: B1-189 |
| From 1.3 down to 0.6 we have the general area of the subversive, who promises a people freedom and equality and gives them a slaughter of their best minds and cultural institutions, to the end of a totalitarian dominance. Because subversion exists in this tone band, the subversive leader can use as his personnel only people in this tone band; if this tone band were to be removed from a society he would have no recruits | From 1.3 down to 0.6 we have the general area of the subversive, who promises a people freedom and equality and gives them a slaughter of their best minds and cultural institutions, to the end of a totalitarian dominance. Because it exists in this tone band, the subversive leader can use as his personnel only people in this tone band. If this tone band were to be removed from a society, he would have no recruits. |
[Having replaced “subversion” with “it” can make the reader conclude that “it” refers to “totalitarian dominance” just mentioned as opposed to “subversion.”]
| 1975: B1-164 | 2007: B1-190 |
| Thus, immediately after a complete totalitarian conquest of a country we invariably witness an extensive slaughter of individuals. One can select with ease the individuals marked for liquidation in the consolidation of the conquest. The selection is not made according to the position the individual occupies but by his individualism, his strength, and his reasonableness, or by his continuing revolutionary desire not to conform to set and regimented patterns. | Thus, immediately after a complete totalitarian conquest of a country, we invariably witness an extensive slaughter of individuals. One can select with ease the individuals marked for liquidation in the solidation of conquest. The selection is not made according to the position the individual occupies, but by his individualism, his strength and his reasonableness, or by his continuing revolutionary desire not to conform to set and regimented patterns. |
[“Solidation” is not even a valid word.]
| 1975: B1-164 | 2007: B1-190 |
| The 1.1 may take a 1.1 as a bedfellow and political mate and may form a 1.1 group, but this group has to continue to be faced by a strong and dangerous foe to remain consolidated. | The 1.1 may take a 1.1 as a bedfellow and political mate and may take a 1.1 group, but this group has to continue to be faced by a strong and dangerous foe to remain consolidated. |
[Here a sentence was changed entirely – obviously, the individual who was “correcting” this book did not want other people to be as clear on the nature of persons at this tone level.]
CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT (COLUMN Z – Command Value of Action Phrases)
NONE PRESENTED
BOOK TWO
CHAPTER ONE (The Basic Principles of Processing)
CHAPTER TWO (The Auditor’s Code)
[Being “embraced by the Auditor’s Code” sounds quite convoluted to say the least.]
CHAPTER THREE (The Mechanics of Aberration1. a departure from rational thought or behavior. From the Latin, aberrare, to wander from; Latin, ab, away, errare, to wander. It means basically to err, to make mistakes, or more specifically to have fixed ideas which are not true. The word is also used in its scientific sense. It means departure from a straight line...more
)
[Word “perceptically” should not have been placed in quotations since the word is used in its literal meaning.]
[Perceived THROUGH is correct as action is not performed by perceptions themselves, it is performed by theta through the various perceptions.]
CHAPTER FOUR (The Dynamics of Existence)
CHAPTER FIVE (General Description of Processing)
[Ron Hubbard did not write "ANY processing" here.]
[Where did this additional data come from?]
[Where did “shooting and quick burial” phrase come from? Ron Hubbard did not write this, and this does not present him in a very favorable light to say the least. How does it even relate to the discussion of PROCESSING someone below 2.0?]
[In this instance whole two sentences were replaced with an entirely different one.]
[Here, a noun “therapists” was replaced with a pronoun “they,” but since “therapists” was not mentioned in any immediate earlier text, “they” would be connected to “antiquated therapies” instead.]
[The inserted word “certainly” is completely out of place in this sentence.]
CHAPTER SIX (COLUMN AB – Present Time)
[Word “attacking” was dropped leaving a “hole” in the sentence.]
| 1975: B2-57 | 2007: B2-279 |
| One could not actually be stuck in present time but is stuck somewhere on the track in an incident which carries with it the illusion that it is present time. | No one could actually be stuck in present time, but is stuck somewhere on the track in an incident which carries with it the illusion that it is present time. |
[“Recall by straight memory” is a continuous phrase that did not need to be interrupted by commas. The added sentence may be an incorrect advice. Who added all these new sentences into the book?]
CHAPTER SEVEN (COLUMN AC – Straight Memory)
| 1975: B2-66 | 2007: B2-291 |
| The release through recall of any incident which is forgotten or hidden and which contains considerable turbulence will produce a tone rise in the individual. | The release through recall of any incident which is forgotten, hidden or off the track, and which contains considerable turbulence, will produce a tone rise in the individual. |
[What does “or off the track” even mean apart from “hidden?”]
[Where did this data in the additional sentence come from?]
[Do readers really need this “clarification” of what a lock is after it was already thoroughly defined earlier in the book?]
| 1975: B2-77 | 2007: B2-302 |
| Communication breaks, on the inhibition side, stem from the denial of a person’s ability to see, to feel, to hear, denial of a person’s right to talk or listen — in other words, denials of a person’s right to communicate. | Communication breaks on the inhibition side stem from the denial of a person’s ability to see, to feel, to hear, to be, denial of a person’s rights to talk or listen. In other words, denials of a person’s right to communicate. |
[“To be” doesn’t belong in this list as beingness is something that encompasses communication1. the consideration and action of impelling an impulse or particle from source point across a distance to receipt point with the intention of bringing into being at the receipt point a duplication and understanding of that which emanated from the source point. (HCOB 5 Apr 73)...more
, not the other way around.]
CHAPTER EIGHT (COLUMN AD – Pleasure Moments)
[Here is another example of someone “correcting” this book not wanting readers to be clear about the nature of this tone level.]
[Who is the author of this additional sentence?]
[Auditors do not “advise.”]
2007: B2-328) POSITIVE PROCESSING
[In 1975 book Positive Processing section is in Chapter 21 – How To Audit The Case.]
CHAPTER NINE (COLUMN AE – Imaginary Incidents)
[“Mad-dogism” what?!]
CHAPTER TEN (COLUMN AF – Locks)
[Here is a major alteration of actual application of Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
methodology.]
CHAPTER ELEVEN (COLUMN AG - Scanning Locks)
["Book-auditedThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
" is defined in the glossary of 2007 edition as: "received auditingThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
based on techniques contained in the book Dianetics1. DIA (Greek) through, NOUS (Greek) mind, deals with a system of mental image pictures in relation to psychic (spiritual) trauma. The mental image pictures are believed on the basis of personal revelation to be comprising mental activity created and formed by the spirit, and not by the body or brain. (BPL 24 Sept 73 V) 2. Dn addresses the body. Thus Dn is used to knock out and erase illnesses, unwanted sensations, misemotion, somatics, pain, etc. Dn came before Scn. It disposed of body illness and the difficulties a thetan was having with his body. (HCOB 22 Apr 69)...more
: The Modern Science of Mental Health."]
CHAPTER TWELVE (COLUMN AH – Secondary Engrams)
[There is a BIG difference between “dull” and “cut off.”]
CHAPTER THIRTEEN (COLUMN AI – Engrams)
[Notice how the inserted sentence essentially paraphrases the last one and at the same time misdefined the analytical mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
as “conscious mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
.” In fact, this point is clarified later in this book on page 418 in 2007 edition or on page 182 in Book Two of 1975 printing:
1975: B2-182) The reactive mind1. a portion of a person's mind which works on a totally stimulus-response basis, which is not under his volitional control, and which exerts force and the power of command over his awareness, purposes, thoughts, body and actions. Stored in the reactive mind are engrams, and here we find the single source of aberrations and psychosomatic ills. (Scn 0-8, p. 11)...MORE
was once known as the “unconscious mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
,” but this terminology is highly misleading, because the reactive mind1. a portion of a person's mind which works on a totally stimulus-response basis, which is not under his volitional control, and which exerts force and the power of command over his awareness, purposes, thoughts, body and actions. Stored in the reactive mind are engrams, and here we find the single source of aberrations and psychosomatic ills. (Scn 0-8, p. 11)...MORE
is the mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
which is always conscious, and the “conscious mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
” is the mind3. a network of communications and pictures, energies and masses, which are brought into being by the activities of the thetan versus the physical universe or other thetans. The mind is a communication and control system between the thetan and his environment. (FOT, p. 56)...MORE
which shuts off or goes unconscious. ]
[Here a portion of technical application was dropped.]
[The added sentence seems completely out of place.]
[How is this change for better “clarity?”]
2007: B2-430) UNBURDENING ENGRAMS
[In 1975 book Unburdening Engrams section is in Chapter 21 – How To Audit The Case.]
CHAPTER FOURTEEN (COLUMN AJ – Chains of Engrams)
CHAPTER FIFTEEN (COLUMN AK – Circuits)
[This is a footnote covering “self-auditingThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
.” Notice the difference of communicated message between 1975 footnote and 2007.]
CHAPTER SIXTEEN (COLUMN AL – Condition of File Clerk)
[Engrams are already included in the definition of entheta1. means enturbulated theta (thought or life); especially refers to communications, which, based on lies and confusions, are slanderous, choppy or destructive in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress a person or group. (Scn AD) 2. theta which has been confused and chaotically mixed with the material universe and which will lie in this confusion until death or some other process disenturbulates it. Theta, below 2.0 on the tone scale, we call entheta. (SOS, p. 41) 3. anger, sarcasm, despair, slyly destructive suggestions. (HTLTAE, p. 88)
. Saying “entheta1. means enturbulated theta (thought or life); especially refers to communications, which, based on lies and confusions, are slanderous, choppy or destructive in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress a person or group. (Scn AD) 2. theta which has been confused and chaotically mixed with the material universe and which will lie in this confusion until death or some other process disenturbulates it. Theta, below 2.0 on the tone scale, we call entheta. (SOS, p. 41) 3. anger, sarcasm, despair, slyly destructive suggestions. (HTLTAE, p. 88)
and engrams” is confusing because it separates out “engrams” as something separate from the concept of entheta1. means enturbulated theta (thought or life); especially refers to communications, which, based on lies and confusions, are slanderous, choppy or destructive in an attempt to overwhelm or suppress a person or group. (Scn AD) 2. theta which has been confused and chaotically mixed with the material universe and which will lie in this confusion until death or some other process disenturbulates it. Theta, below 2.0 on the tone scale, we call entheta. (SOS, p. 41) 3. anger, sarcasm, despair, slyly destructive suggestions. (HTLTAE, p. 88)
.]
CHAPTER SEVENTEEN (COLUMN AM – Hypnotic Level)
CHAPTER EIGHTEEN (COLUMN AN – Level of Mind Alert)
[This is not a joke. Look it up in 2007 book.]
CHAPTER NINETEEN (COLUMN AOAbbreviation for Advanced Org. (Modern Management Technology Defined (C) 1976). Organization whose function is to run the Clearing and OT Courses. (FO 1151)
– Relative Entheta On Case)
[“Request” sounds authoritarian and authoritarian auditingThe application of Scientology processes and procedures to someone by a trained auditor. (Dianetics & Scientology Technical Dictionary (C) 1975)
is not good.]
[“Marked” already means apparent so adding “apparent” in front of it is quite redundant.]
CHAPTER TWENTY (COLUMN AQ – Tone Level of Auditor Necessary To Handle Case)
[Definition of “conversely”: introducing a statement or idea that reverses one that has just been made or referred to. (http://oxforddictionaries.com/us/definition/american_english/conversely)]
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE (COLUMN AR – How To Audit The Case)
[An entire sentence was dropped here.]
[Plural “aberrations” now does not agree with singular “chronic somatic.”]
UNBURDENING ENGRAMS
[This may not seem like a material alteration except for resulting in a less pleasant read, but then again, whyThat basic outness found which will lead to a recovery of stats. (HCO PL 13 Oct 70 II)
make such a change in the first place?]
[In 2007 edition, Unburdering Engrams section was moved to the end of Chapter 13 in Book Two – Column AI Engrams.]
POSITIVE PROCESSING
[In 2007 edition, Positive Processing section was moved to the end of Chapter 8 in Book Two – Column AD Pleasure Moments. The last paragraph originally appearing at the end of Positive Processing section was split up into three paragraphs and moved into its own chapter at the end of 2007 book titled “The Goal of Processing.”]
[1975 printing also had an updated Auditor's Code - "THE AUDITOR'S CODE OF 1958" - on page 285. Strangely enough there is no Auditor's Code cited at the end of 2007 book. There is of course still a chapter “The Auditor's Code” in Book Two, Chapter 2.]
- Internet Library
- L Ron Hubbard Book Alterations
- Fundamentals of Thought - Alterations
- A History of Man - Alterations
